HFS Furniture & Whiteboards Digital Catalogue

Classroom Chairs& Tables from page 40

Classroom Storage from page 148

Outdoor Furniture from page 266 From £529.02 each

Oce Furniture from page 201

Gratnells Science

3WK 5YR

Child Bean Bag

• Suitable for Primary school children

• H 750 x D 650mm

• See page 26 for colour options

976

Our

Round Seating Pods

• Foam filledseatingpods

• Pack of four

3WK 5YR

Essentials Set of 10 Seating Pads

• Set of 10 foam filled pads

• Wipe clean 100% Polyester cover suitable for indoors and outdoors

2WK 1YR

Essentials Chair - Size 4

• Sturdy one-piece polypropylene chair

• Choose from blue, charcoal, new green or red seat and black or flint frame

• Suitable for ages 8-11 years

• Seat H 380mm 509 090

• H 200 x D 380mm

• See page 26 for colour options

986

each

Essentials Chair Trolley

• Horizontal storage & transportation trolley

• Holds 40 chairs

•

pack

Essentials Folding Chair

• Strong and versatile folding chair

• Grey frame

• Blue seat

• H 825 x W

• Comes in an assortment of colours and a draw string bag for storage

• H 50 x Dia. 400mm

988

set

Essentials Fan Back Folding Chair

•

• Strong and versatile folding chair

Folding Exam Desk

• Beech laminated MDF with polished edge

• Pencil groove

• H 710 x W 600 x D 600mm

Exam Desk Trolley 25

• Vertical storage and transportation trolley

• Holds 25 exam desks •

3WK 5YR

6 Tray Unit - Empty

• Supplied empty, please order trays separately

• Beech or maple finish

• H 617 x W 360 x D 453mm

Beech 429 357 £65.49 each

Maple 429 358 £65.49 each

3WK 5YR

24 Tray Unit - Empty

3WK 5YR

• Supplied empty, please order trays separately

• Beech or maple finish

4WK 1YR

FullStop Cantilever Straight Desk

• FullStop furniture combines appearance, strength and durability with great value

• Available in white, white oak, grey or walnut finish

• H 720 x W 1600 x D 800mm

483 751

• H 789 x W 1030 x D 453mm

Beech 429 373 £135.76 each

Maple 429 374 £135.76 each

4WK 1YR

£145.29 each

4WK 1YR

FullStop Open Bookcase - 5 Shelf

• Tall bookcase with 5 shelves (4 adjustable)

• Plinth sold separately. Order code 424 451

• Available in white, white oak, grey or walnut finish

• H 1860 x W 800 x D 336mm

483 774

£136.12 each

Medium Back Operator Chair with Height Adjustable Arms

• Back rest height and tilt adjustment lockable in any position

• 110kg weight capacity

FullStop Cantilever Crescent Desk

• Cantilever Frame Desk with left hand crescent

• Available in white, white oak, grey or walnut finish

• H 720 x W 1600mm. Short edge D 800mm, long edge 1200mm

483 761

• Available in black, light grey, petrol, blue, red, green or beige

429 697 £128.37 each

£223.28 each

3WK 10YR

4 Drawer Metal Vertical Cabinet

• Heavy-duty filing cabinet

• Lockable and supplied with two keys

• Pearl grey

• H 1321 x W 460 x D 620mm

429 942

£141.61 each

4WK 1YR

Mobile Under Desk Tall Pedestal

• 2x personal and 1x filing drawer

• Available in white, white oak, grey or walnut finish

• H 638 x W 415 x D 500mm

504 808 £127.05 each

3WK 10YR

Essentials Double Door Cupboard

• Heavy-duty metal storage cupboard with three point locking

• Supplied with 1 shelf

• Pearl grey

• H 1016 x W 915 x D 476mm

429 938

£149.45 each

Herts FullStop range of chairs

A stacking, well proportioned, comfortable, durable chair with a width of 450mm making it ideal where space is a premium. Ideal for use on tables 1100 & 1200mm wide.

Size

Classroom Table Packs

• Crush bent stacking classroom table

• Premium quality 18mm laminate tops and sturdy 25mm frame

• Finished with a beech top

• Sold in packs of 5

Looks smart, ideal size and perfect stock item for classroom furniture! 5 Star Review Margaret Wix Primary School

• Available with MDF or PVC edge

Titan One Piece – The UK’s Best Classroom Chair

Classroom Chair Packs

Ergonomic

• Titan 1 piece stacking chair

• High quality all plastic chair in selected colours

• Sold in packs of 30

•Titan One Piece Chairs are solid

• All chairs are tested and have passed EN1729 Part 1 and 2 by FIRA.

Premium Pen Pot Tables

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• Supplied with matching colour laminates and frames

• Chunky 45mm round tubular frame

• Four circular holes drilled into the middle of the table, supplied with pen pots*

• 10 year guarantee

Standard Pen Pot Tables

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• Supplied with matching colour laminates and frames

•

•

• 5

*Pen Pot Tables are supplied with one of each colour pot as standard: pink, blue, lime green & yellow. Individual pen pot: 75 x 75mm (H x W). Orders are non-returnable.

Tuf-Top™ Height Adjustable Themed Tables

•Heavy duty for school use with sturdy 25mm thick tops.

• Hardwearing, easy wipe clean laminate tops.

•Durable PVC moulded edges for added safety.

•Adjustable heights in 25mm increments: nominal 430 to 635mm.

•Frames are black powder coated for scratch resistance and longevity.

• Fitted with self levelling feet, ideal for uneven floors around the school.

1.Arc

Start Right Tables

• Tables feature oval shaped legs with sliding metal inserts allowing you to choose the correct height

• Solid 25mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• Matching coloured legs are available on outer legs

• Supplied with a 10 year guarantee

Matching Coloured Height Adjustable Legs*

*Matching coloured legs are only available on outer legs by request only. The inners are finished with Duraform Light Grey Speckled paint.

Remember your choices:

• Choose between two popular table styles

• Premium finish with a 25mm top and a spray PU Duraform edge

• Oval shaped Allen Key height adjustable legs

• One table fits all sizes

• Transported flat pack

• Matching coloured legs* or Duraform Speckled Light Grey available

• Excellent variety of vibrant laminates

• BSEN 1729 compliant

Thrifty Tables

Our Thrifty range in a modern grey, neutral and white colour palette provides robust and functional furniture for your classroom at an affordable price. Durable tables with height adjustable legs. Delivered flat packed for easy assembly. Ages 2-8.

A Rectangular Table - 4 Seater

H390-620 x W900 x D600mm

428 098

Each

B Rectangular Table - 6 Seater

H390-620 x W1200 x D600mm

428 099

Each

C Rectangular Table - 8 Seater

H390-620 x W1500 x D600mm

428 100

D Flower Table - 6 Seater

H390-620 x D1200mm

428 102

E Group Table - 6 Seater

H370-620 x W1800 x D1200mm

428 103

Each

Each

Each

• Sturdy 34mm tubular metal powder coated legs.

• Height adjustable legs 390-620mm.

• 25mm grey veenered MFC table top. •Fitted with polypropylene feet to prevent scratching.

F Thrifty Chairs

Great value stackable chairs that are lightweight, robust and practical.The plastic moulded one piece seat has been designed to aid in the correct seating posture. Fitted with plastic feet to prevent scratching. Available in 4 sizes. Delivered fully assembled.

Ages 2-3 - Size 0

Seat height: 210mm

428 104 Pack of 4

Ages 3-4 - Size 1

Seat height: 260mm.

428 105 Pack of 4

Ages 4-6 - Size 2

Seat height: 310mm.

428 107 Pack of 4

Ages 6-8 - Size 3

Seat height: 350mm

428 106

Thrifty Storage

of 4

The grey, wood and white units are made from 18mm hard wearing melamine faced engineered wood with a white PVC edging which is highly resistant to impact and abrasion. Corners and edges are rounded for safety.Wipe clean laminate surfaces.

G 3 Compartment Book Storage and 3 Clear Trays Unit: H800 x W1200 x D300mm

Trays: H210 x W260 x D350mm 428 109

H 6 Compartment Book Storage and 6 Clear Trays Unit: H800 x W1200 x D300mm

Trays: H100 x W260 x D350mm 429 266

Elegant Tables

Our modern Elegant range gives you the option of bringing neutral calming tones into your classroom to create a more relaxing learning environment for children. High quality height adjustable tables with durable rounded PVC edges. Delivered flat packed for easy assembly. Ages 2-8.

A Rectangular Table - 4 Seater

W800 x D600mm

423 005

Each

B Rectangular Table - 6 Seater

W1200 x D600mm

423 004

C Round Table - 4 Seater

800mm Dia

423 006

D Fan Table

W1270 x D680mm

423 007

E Flower Table - 6 Seater

W1270 x D680mm

Each

Each

Each

432 365 Each

•Sturdy 48mm tubular metal powder coated legs.

•Height adjustable legs 390-620mm

•28mm maple veenered MFC table top.

•Fitted with polypropylene feet to prevent scratching.

F Elegant Chairs

Great value stackable metal framed chairs that are lightweight, robust and practical. The plastic moulded one piece ergonomic seat and back are designed for correct seating posture and have plastic feet to prevent scratching. Available in 4 sizes. Delivered fully assembled.

Ages 2-3 - Size 0

Seat height: 210mm

432 366 Pack of 4

Ages 3-4 - Size 1

Seat height 260mm

423 008 Pack of 4

Ages 4-6 - Size 2

Seat height 310mm

423 009 Pack of 4

Ages 6-8 - Size 3

Seat height 350mm

423 010 Pack of 4

Elegant Storage

This range of sturdy maple wood storage units are built to stand the rigors of daily classroom use. Manufactured from a combination of 18mm (shelves) and 28mm (external frame) board. Ages 2 +

G Basic Book Storage

4 tier cabinet for face on display of books. H800 x W830 x D400mm 423 015 Each

H Tray Cabinet (16 Small & 4 Large Trays)

16 small clear trays (D380 x W310 x H80mm) and 4 large clear trays (D380 x W310 x H150mm).

H830 x W1060 x D415mm

423 014 Each

Milan Tables

The Milan range is stylish, practical and designed to last. Finished to a high standard featuring a combination of neutral colours and natural wood tones, this premium range has everything you need for today’s busy classroom. High-quality and durable height adjustable tables. Delivered flat packed for easy assembly. Ages 2-8.

A Rectangular Table - 6 Seater

H390-620 x W1200 x D600mm

432 002 Grey Each

432 031 Blue Each

B Rectangular Table - 8 Seater

H390-620 x W1500 x D600mm

432 003 Grey Each

432 032 Blue Each

C Flower Table - 6 Seater

H390-620 x D1200mm

432 005 Grey Each

432 034 Blue Each

D Group Table - 6 Seater

H390-620 x W1800 x D1200mm

432 004 Grey Each

432 033 Blue Each

•Height adjustable legs 390-620mm.

•Sturdy 48mm tubular metal powder coated legs.

•30mm beech veenered MFC table top.

•Fitted with polypropylene feet to prevent scratching.

E Milan Chairs

These high impact stackable chairs are designed to aid in the correct posture whilst seated. Both robust and sturdy with a durable metal frame, the chairs are available in 3 sizes. Delivered fully assembled.

Ages 3-4 - Size 1

Seat height: 260mm.

432 006 Pack of 4 Grey

432 035 Pack of 4 Blue

Ages 4-6 - Size 2

Seat height: 310mm.

432 007 Pack of 4 Grey

432 036 Pack of 4 Blue

Ages 6-8 - Size 3

Seat height: 350mm

432 008 Pack of 4 Grey

432 037 Pack of 4 Blue

Milan Storage

High quality and practical storage units. All units have hard-wearing vinyl T-Moulded trim with rounded edges. Manufactured from 20mm MDF.

F Single Sided Book Storage Units

Featuring 4 tiers for easy book browsing. H800 x W900 x D400mm

432 368 Beech Each

507 198 Blue Each

G 6 Small Tray Unit

H900 x W1200 x D500mm

432 369 Beech Each 507 204 Blue Each

Tables & Chairs Colours Available Grey Blue

Beechwood Tables

Tables are delivered flat packed with screw-in leg assembly. Sizes conform to EN1729 requirements (Euro sizes 1, 2 and 3). Ages 3-8.

A Rectangular Table

460(H) x 1200(W) x 600mm(D)

496 986 Size 1 for ages 3-4 Each

530(H) x 1200(W) x 600mm(D)

496 987 Size 2 for ages 4-6 Each

580(H) x 1200(W) x 600mm(D)

496 988 Size 3 for ages 6-8 Each

B Round Table

460(H) x 1000mm(Dia)

496 992 Size 1 for ages 3-4 Each

530(H) x 1000mm(Dia)

496 993 Size 2 for ages 4-6 Each

580(H) x 1000mm(Dia)

496 994 Size 3 for ages 6-8 Each

C Trapezoid Table

460(H) x 1200(W) x 600mm(D)

496 998 Size 1 for ages 3-4 Each

530(H) x 1200(W) x 600mm(D)

496 999 Size 2 for ages 4-6 Each

580(H) x 1200(W) x 600mm(D) 496 302 Size 3 for ages 6-8 Each

D Hexagonal Table

460(H) x 1060(W) x 600mm(D)

496 995 Size 1 for ages 3-4 Each

530(H) x 1060(W) x 600mm(D)

496 996 Size 2 for ages 4-6 Each

580(H) x 1060(W) x 600mm(D) 496 997 Size 3 for ages 6-8 Each

Beechwood Chairs

Stackable Chairs made from solid beechwood. Size 0 chairs are only available in natural Beechwood. It is advised that chairs should be stacked no more than 3 chairs high.

E Stackable Chairs Beechwood

Ages 2-3 - Size 0

Seat height: 210mm.

504 271 Pack of 4 Pack

Ages 3-4 - Size 1

Seat height: 260mm. 496 316 Pack of 4 Pack

Ages 4-6 - Size 2

Seat height: 310mm. 496 317 Pack of 4 Pack

Ages 6-8 - Size 3

Seat height: 350mm 496 318 Pack of 4 Pack

F Stackable Chairs Mix

One each of Green, Blue, Yellow and Red.

Ages 3-4 - Size 1

Seat height: 260mm. 496 319 Pack of 4 Pack

Ages 4-6 - Size 2

Seat height: 310mm. 496 320 Pack of 4 Pack Ages 6-8 - Size 3

Heritage Beech Stacking Chairs

Strong laminated Beech frame with lacquered shaped seat and back. Wipe clean with a damp cloth (then dry).

Stacks up to 8 high.

Tested to BS 4875 : Part 1 : 1985 Test Level 5, for strength, and BS 7945 : (1999) for stability

Please specify fabric when ordering

A Size mark 1 (3-4yrs)

Seat height: 260mm

H510 x W355 x D380mm

509 681

A Size mark 2 (4-6yrs)

Seat height: 310mm

H570 x W355 x D380mm

509 682

A Size mark 3 (6-8yrs)

Seat height: 350mm

H635 x W355 x D390mm

509 683

A Size mark 4 (8-11yrs)

Seat height: 380mm

H670 x W410 x D460mm

509 684

A Size mark 5 (11-14yrs)

Seat height: 430mm

H710 x W410 x D460mm

509 685

A Size mark 6 (14+yrs)

Seat height: 460mm

H780 x W455 x D470mm

509 686

B Upholstered Seat

- Size mark 6 (14+yrs)

Seat height: 440mm

H710 x W410 x D460mm

427 215

C Fully Upholstered

- Size mark 6 (14+yrs)

Seat height: 460mm

H780 x W455 x D470mm

427 216

Traditional Locker Desks

These traditional locker desks have a solid beech frame with beech veneered MDF tops, all finished in HYGIENILAC™ with mortise and tenon joints - glued and pinned for extra strength. Internal depth of single and double locker desks is 120mm.

Wipe clean with a damp cloth only.

D Single Size 4 (8-11yrs)

Width between legs: 490mm

Floor to locker: 495mm

H650 x W620 x D450mm

427 217

D Single Size 5 (11-14yrs)

Width between legs: 490mm

Floor to locker: 555mm

H710 x W620 x D450mm

509 687

D Single Size 6 (14+yrs)

Width between legs: 490mm

Floor to locker: 605mm

H760 x W620 x D450mm

509 688

E Double Size 4 (8-11yrs)

Width between legs: 980mm

Floor to locker: 495mm

H650 x W1110 x D450mm

427 218

Stacks up to eight high

Strong laminated beech frame with lacquered beech seat and back

Seat Fully Upholstered

Mortise and tenon joints are glued and pinned

Strengthened locker base

E Double Size 5 (11-14yrs)

Width between legs: 980mm

Floor to locker: 555mm

H710 x W1110 x D450mm

509 689

E Double Size 6 (14+yrs)

Width between legs: 980mm

Floor to locker: 605mm

H760 x W1110 x D450mm

509 690

Traditional Beech Chair

Beech veneer top with rounded MDF edge Solid beech frame

Extra width for most chair types

Bergen Chairs & Tables

Made from solid beech wood, with safe lacquered round edges. Wipe clean scuff-resistant beech surface. Chairs are finished with HYGIENILAC™ coating and stack up to 4 high. Tables require simple self-assembly.

A Chair Size Mark 1 (3-4yrs)

Seat Height: 260mm

H575 x W360 x D320mm

507 230

A Chair Size Mark 2 (4-6yrs)

Seat Height: 310mm

H625 x W360 x D320mm

507 231

A Chair Size Mark 3 (6-8yrs)

Seat Height: 350mm

H705 x W390 x D370mm

507 232

A Chair Size Mark 4 (8-11yrs)

Seat Height: 380mm

H715 x W390 x D370mm

507 233

B Rectangular Table

W1200 x D600mm

H460 / 530 / 590 / 640mm

507 235

C Trapezoidal Table

W1200 x D600mm

H460 / 530 / 590 / 640mm

507 236

D Circular

W1050mm dia.

H460 / 530 / 590 / 640mm

507 237

Bergen Chairs & Tables

Made from strong laminated beech, with safe lacquered, rounded MDF edges. Wipe clean scuff-resistant beech surface. Finished with HYGIENILAC™ coating. Table legs and underframe made from solid wood.

E Set of 4 Chairs

Seat Height: 120mm

H295 x W370 x D350mm

427 219

F Set of 4 Chairs

Seat Height: 200mm

H440 x W400 x D360mm

427 220

G Circular Table

W1200mm dia.

H300 / 400mm

507 241

H Small Rectangular

W1100 x D550mm

H300 / 400mm

507 569

I Large Rectangular

W1500 x D700mm

H300 / 400mm

507 240

Remember your options:

Enviro Tables for Early & Primary Years

Create a stimulating and colourful learning environment with these tables, available in great shapes and colours. Revolutionary in design Enviro tables are perfect for playgroups, nurseries and classrooms. Choose from a range of vibrant colours and patterns for the table top with matching or contrasting edge made from strong and recyclable ABS. The smart anodised silver aluminium frame ensures this range is strong, durable and lighter than any rivals.

Daisy Bean Rectangular Trapezoidal Round Keyhole

1200(L) x 1200mm(W)

1400(L) x 750mm(W)

1200(L) x 600mm(W)

1400(L) x 560mm(W)

1200mm diameter

1500mm diameter

Fuchsia

Folding Tables for Pre-School

Lightweight folding tables are a firm favourite in nurseries, playgroups and Montessori as they can be quickly and easily folded down, carried and safely stored away in minimum space.

Contour2 5 Folding Table

The best selling Contour25 folding tables are supplied with an aluminium frame, protective black corners and a wipe-clean plastic laminate top.

Premier Folding Table

Super strong and hard wearing Premier folding tables have a knock-proof and durable grey polyurethane edge.

Bookcases & Storage

Manufactured from 15mm MDF. All corners have rounded and polished edges.

A Maple Reading House

Features two work desks (desk height 450mm, can be used as shelves if preferred). Space for 2 chairs on each side and 4 book storage shelves. For up to four children.

H1750 x W2150 x D820mm

Desk: H450 x W765 x D330mm

509 874 Each

B Adult Bookcase

Supplied with lockable castors.

H1470 x W1170 x D350mm

484 783 Each

C 3 Shelf Bookcase

At assembly, shelves can be adjusted every 96mm.

H725 x W900 x D300mm

509 525 Each

D Mobile Foldaway Bookcase

Mobile castors to aid mobility. Each shelf has a 300mm clearance. H1035 x W600 x D600mm (each side when open).

429 260 Each

Easy Reading

Specifically designed to store and display popular book sizes and perfect for reading scheme books. Keep books stored according to reading ability with the labelling lip (50mm). Colour book band labels are available as a free download from various websites. Manufactured from 15mm maple MDF and 15mm maple MFC inserts with rounded edges. Wipe clean hard wearing laminate surface. Supplied flat packed for simple assembly.

E Maxi Mobile Storage Unit

Supplied with 4 castors (x2 lockable) for easy movement from room to room.

H1070 x W1185 x D350mm

427 437 Each

Desks are great for reading and games

3 Shelves

Opaque perspex roof

Symmetrical storage on both sides Easy access either side of shelves

There are up to 18 colour bands used in schools covering reception class to Year 6 (age 11) – colours range from Lilac through to Lime.

Beechwood Range

Manufactured from high quality 20mm natural solid beechwood. Suitable for ages 3+

A Tree House Library Corner

Provides children with an enchanting and stimulating focal point to instill a love of reading. Set includes 2 benches with cushions and 1 corner cabinet with canopy. Decorate the tree to create themes utilising the pre drilled holes to make a bespoke learning zone.

H1760 x W1100 x D1100mm

427 123 Each

B Book Display Single 5 display compartments.

H800 x W600 x D380mm

427 113 Each

C Book Display and Storage Double Double sided with 5 display compartments and extra shelf space for storage.

H800 x W600 x D380mm

427 115 Each

Book Stands

Manufactured from 18mm Maple Plywood. Supplied flat-packed for self-assembly. Ages 3+

D Multi-function Book Storage Unit

H850 x W835 x D390mm

429 268 Each

E Double-sided Book Stand

H600 x W600 x D390mm

429 267 Each

Curved Shelves and Ottoman

Create a multi-functional learning space for storing books, toys and games. Age 3+

F Ottoman

Manufactured from high quality PVC with 4 wooden block feet. Supplied fully assembled. H430 x W1000 x D700mm

429 269 Each

G 3 Shelf Unit

Curved deep shelves. Manufactured from 15mm maple MDF with lockable castors. Supplied flat pack for self-assembly.

H1155 x W1360 x D600mm

429 270 Each

H 3 Shelf Unit and Ottoman Set

3 x 3 Shelf Unit: H1155 x W1360 x D600mm

3 x Ottoman: H430 x W1000 x D700mm

429 271 Set

2WK 10YR

KubbyClass Low Double Book Browser

• Easy access to books for younger learners

• Available in a range of bright and modern colours

• Made from 18mm solid wood MDF

• H 420 x W 750 x D 500mm

427 884

6WK 10YR

£201.63each

Mobile Tray Trolley

• Storage unit incorporates kinderbox top with Gratnells trays underneath

• Compartments in the top of the unit can also be used for classroom resources

• Solidly built with 18mm MDF in a choice of finishes

• 8 Tray, 4 Compartment Mobile Tray Trolley

• H 671 x W 690 x D 460mm

429 146

£241.29each

• 12 Tray, 6 Compartment Mobile Tray Trolley

• H 671 x W 1024 x D 460mm

429 147

6WK 10YR

Double-sided Mobile Bookcase

• Double-sided bookcase unit with 3 shelves either side

• Use to display books or transfer books and resources between rooms

• H 900 x W 900 x D 460mm

429 144

£214.41each

6WK 10YR

Mobile Kinder Book Trolley

• 6 compartment kinder trolley with 2 shelves underneath on each side

• Versatile book storage solution

• Made from 18mm solid wood MDF

• H 900 x W 900 x D 460mm

429 145

£293.07each

6WK 10YR

Bookcase

• 1 metre high bookcase with 3 storage shelves that could house trays to allow for extra storage

• Ideal for storage boxes or housing classroom resources

• Curved sides have been incorporated for safety

• Solidly built from 18mm MDF in a choice of finishes

• H 1000 x W 900 x D 370mm

429 149

£284.65each

6WK 10YR

£247.35each

Display Bookcase

• This unit has four graduated shelves which allows the front of the books to be easily seen

• A shelf underneath the unit provides space for storage

• Versatile piece of furniture that is great for the library and classroom

• Curved sides have been incorporated for safety

• Made from 18mm MDF

• H 1000 x W 1000 x D 370mm

429 148

£321.93each

Maple Beech Powder Blue Red Plum Jaffa Lilac

6WK 10YR

Easy Access Tray Trolley

• Practical display and storage solution

• Curved sides for safety

4WK 10YR

Book Tree

• A fun and playful way to display your favourite books

• Features 8 display shelves

• Made from 18mm solid wood MDF

• Needs to be secured to a wall or unit (fixings not included)

• Choice of colours with maple edging

• H 1500mm x W 900mm x D 320mm

Oval Beech Tree 427 749

Triangular Fir Tree 427 750

£369.90each

£369.90each

3WK 1YR

Primary Book Return Unit

• Book Return sized perfectly for primary school use

• Wide slot to accommodate all book sizes

• Locking door with two keys and locking castors

• Easy to manoeuvre

• Foam pad included to protect books

• H 1000 x W 600 x D 600mm

Beech 427 890

Blue/Maple 427 891

£281.74each

£281.74each

Maple Beech Powder Blue Red Plum Jaffa Lilac

6WK 1YR

Book Bags

• Can be used with hanging bag book storage units

• Pack of 10

Large H 630 x W 470mm 484 306 £54.94pack

Small H 400 x W 470mm 484 307 £46.41pack

2WK

Storage Trolleys

• 3 tier metal storage trolley on castors

• ‘V’ shaped top basket

• H 820 x W 1200 x D 450mm

• With wire trays

• V-shaped top basket, 3 wire middle baskets and large bottom tray 282 249 £191.71each

• With plastic trays

• V-shaped top basket, 3 shallow trays on middle and 3 deep trays on lower level 282 289 £189.03each

2WK 1YR

Multi Purpose Cart

• Ideal for any classroom or library storage

• 9 large (380 x 310 x 160mm) Multi-colour tubs with built in dividers to keep books upright

• Complete with 4 locking castors for easy mobility

• H 900 x W 1020 x D 425mm 484 014

£233.61each

Book display ideal for teachers on the move

• Manufactured from strong plastic coated steel wire

H 495 x W 375 x D 205mm

2WK

Floor Standing Book Rack

• Manufactured from strong, plastic coated steel wire

• 11 rows of shelving for storing and displaying books

• Can be folded flat for easy storage

H 1010 x W 795 x D 412mm

2WK

Wall Mounted Book Racks

• Manufactured from strong, plastic coated steel wire

• Displays books face on for easy selection

• Square Book Rack

• 10 shelves to hold a large selection of books

• H 860 x W 770 x D 70mm

487 505

• Horizontal Wall Book Rack

• 3 deep and 2 shallow shelves

• H 560 x W 1100 x D 70mm

487 508

• Vertical Wall Book Rack

£54.08each

£56.80each

• 14 rows of shelves for a selection of approx. 24 books

• H 1165 x W 435 x D 70mm

487 510

£57.06each

£70.12each

Bean Bags

Small Floor Cushion

• Great for reading corners

• L 680 x W 680mm 1.5 cuft polybead filling

Infant Bean Bag

• Suitable for Nursery and Foundation aged children

• H 500 x D 500mm 2.5 cuft polybead filling

428 974 Infant Bean Bag each

428 975 Infant Bean Bags set of 4

Child Bean Bag

• Suitable for Primary school children

• H 750 x D 650mm 3.5 cuft polybead filling

428 976 Child Bean Bag each

428 977 Child Bean Bags set of 4

Teen Bean Bag

• Suitable for Secondary school children

• H 950 x D 700mm 5.5 cuft polybead filling

428 978 Teen Bean Bag each

428 979 Teen Bean Bags set of 4

428 980 Small Floor Cushion each set of 4

428 981 Small Floor Cushions

Giant Floor Cushion

• Ideal for libraries and classrooms

• L 1280 x W 850 x H 150mm 5.5 cuft polybead filling

428 982 Giant Floor Cushion each

428 983 Giant Floor Cushions set of 4

Seating Pods

• Foam filled seating pods which encourage collabrative working

• Round seating Pods H 200 x D 380mm

428 986 Round Seating Pods set of 4

428 987 Square Seating Pods set of 4

• Comfy Bean Cubes filled with polystyrene beads

• L 400 x W 400 x H 400mm

428 984 Bean Cube each

428 985 Bean Cubes set of 4

Seating Pads

• Set of 10 foam filled pads

• Comes in an assortment of colours and a draw string bag for storage

• H 50 x D 400mm

• Square seating Pods L 380 x W 380 x H 200mm Wipe clean 100% Polyester covers suitable for indoors and outdoors

Remember your colour choices:

428 988 set of 10

Bean Cubes

Floor Cushions

Infant Bean Bag –Educational

• 2.5 cuft Polybead filling

• Suitable for nurseries and early years primary school

• Available in 4 different educational prints

• Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (0+1)

• Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

Child Bean Bag –Educational

• 3.5 cuft Polybead filling

• Suitable for ages 4 years +

• Available in 4 different educational prints

• Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (0+1)

• Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

Ultra-Snug Bean Bag – Educational

•4.5 cuft Polybead filling

•Suitable for ages 4 years +

•Available in 4 different educational prints

•Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (0+1)

•Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

Reading Cushion –Educational

•1.5 cuft Polybead filling

•Suitable for any age group

•Available in 4 different educational prints

•Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (0+1)

•Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

•Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

Remember your fabric choices:

Giant Floor Cushion –Educational

• 5.5 cuft Polybead filling

• Suitable for any age group

• Available in 4 different educational prints

• Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (0+1)

• Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

428457 1280mm x 850mm x 150mm

Set of 10 Scatter Cushions –Educational

• Pack of 10 Fibre Filled Cushions made up of random prints

• Come with a draw string back for storage

• Suitable for any age group

• Available in 4 different educational prints

• Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (0+1)

• Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

428459 300mm (D) x 300mm (H)

428454 500mm (H) x 500mm (D)

428455 750mm (H) x 650mm (D)

428456 750mm (L) x 750mm (W) x 720mm (D)

428458 680mm x 680mm

Infant Bean Bag

–Faux Leather

• 2.5 cuft Polybead filling

• Suitable for nurseries and early years primary school

• Outer Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (CRIB 5)

• Also Contains anti-bacterial / anti-microbial additives for cleanliness

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

Child Bean Bag –Faux Leather

• 3.5 cuft Polybead filling

• Suitable for ages 4 years +

• Outer Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (CRIB 5)

• Also Contains anti-bacterial / anti-microbial additives for cleanliness

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

428448 500mm (H) x 500mm (D)

Ultra-Snug Bean Bag – Faux Leather

428449 750mm (H) x 650mm (D)

•4.5 cuft

Polybead filling

•Suitable for ages 4 years +

•Outer Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (CRIB 5)

•Also Contains anti-bacterial / anti-microbial additives for cleanliness

•Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

428450 750mm (L) x 750mm (W) x 720mm (D)

Reading Cushion –Faux Leather

•1.5 cuft Polybead filling

•Suitable for any age group

•Outer Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (CRIB 5)

•Also Contains anti-bacterial / anti-microbial additives for cleanliness

•Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

428452 680mm x 680mm

Giant Floor Cushion –Faux Leather

• 5.5 cuft Polybead filling

• Suitable for any age group

• Outer Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (CRIB 5)

• Also Contains anti-bacterial / anti-microbial additives for cleanliness

• Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

428451 1280mm x 850mm x 150mm

Set of 10 Scatter Cushions– Faux Leather

• Pack of 10 Fibre Filled Cushions made up of random colours

• Come with a draw string back for storage

• Suitable for any age group

• Outer Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (CRIB 5)

• Also Contains anti-bacterial / anti-microbial additives for cleanliness

428453 300mm (D) x 300mm (H)

2WK 1YR

Acorn Easy Carry Reading Bean Bag Pod Seat

• Anti-Bacterial wipe clean fabric

• Available in a range of vibrant, modern colours

• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

• Encourages collaborative working

• Perfect for libraries, classrooms, outdoors and breakout areas

• H 400 x W 550 x D 550mm

Single 427 522

£60.19each

Pack of 6 427 950 £337.67pack

2WK 1YR

Acorn Primary Study Pod Bean Bag

• Ergonomic and supportive design

• Ideal for primary aged children

• Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

• Great for reading corners

• Available in bright and modern colours

• H 800 x W 600 x D 600mm

2WK 1YR

2WK 1YR

Acorn Primary Bean Bag Seat

• Features a supporting back panel

• Comfortable and inviting bean bag

• Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

• Great for reading corners

• Available in bright and modern colours

• H 500 x Dia. 600mm

Single 427 541 £68.94each

Pack of 6 427 944 £335.79pack

2WK 1YR

Acorn Large Reading Bean Bag Chair

• Ideal for older students

• Comfortable and inviting bean bag

• Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

• Great for reading corners

• Available in bright and modern colours

• H 900 x W 900 x D 900mm

427 542 £87.74each 4WK

Acorn Study Pod Bean Bag

• Comfortable and inviting bean filled seat with supportive back

• Ideal for older students

• Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

• Great for reading corners

• Available in bright and modern colours

• H 800 x W 800 x D 800mm

427 545

£118.72each

427 546 £152.16each

Acorn Large Bean Bag Chair

• Robust, long-lasting yet soft-to-the-touch Bean Bag Chair made from water-resistant fabric

• Suitable for use by older children and teens

• H 750 x Dia. 750mm

Single 427 945 £118.73each Pack of 6 427 946 £605.13pack

A stunning range of creative so seating, ideal for classrooms, libraries and communal settings. Printed with highly visual graphics, these gorgeous seats will brighten up any environment as well as being great learning resources. Made with polyester covers so suitable for indoor or outdoor use.

Log Pads & Seat Pods Hay Bale Pads & Seat Pods

A.Hay Bale Floor Pads

H50mm x Dia. 400mm

428 364 Set of 20

B.Hay Bale Small Seat Pods

H200mm x Dia. 375mm

428 363 Set of 4

C.Hay Bale Two Seater

H385mm x W765mm x D385mm

428 031 Each

A.Log Floor Pads

H50mm x Dia. 400mm

428 369 Set of 20

B.Log Small Seat Pods

H200mm x Dia, 375mm

428 367 Set of 4

C.Log Large Seat Pods

H400mm x Dia. 375mm

428 368 Set of 4

D.Log Half Round Seat Pods

H250mm x W400mm x D650mm

428 371 Each

E.Log Full Round Seat Pods

H650mm x Dia. 375mm

428 372 Set of 2

Bug Pads & Seat Pods

A.Bugs Floor Pads

H50mm x Dia. 400mm

428 380 Set of 20

B.Bugs Small Seat Pods

H200mm x Dia. 375mm

428 378 Set of 4

C.Bugs Large Seat Pods

H400mm x Dia. 375mm

428 379 Set of 4

Acorn Two Seater Bean Pods

• Antibacterial wipe-clean fabric

• Suitable for indoor & outdoor use

• 200mm x 800mm x 500mm

428 014 Each

427 521 Pack of 2

Acorn Bean Pod Seats

• Anti-bacterial wipe clean fabric

• Available in a range of vibrant, modern colours

• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

• Encourages collaborative working

Acorn Large Floor Cushion Bean Bag

• Large floor cushion seats 1-2 children

• Can be used by all age groups

• H 200 x W 1200 x D 1200mm

Single 427 942

£164.87each

Acorn Original Soft Bean Cushions

• Anti-bacterial wipe clean fabric

• Available in a range of vibrant, modern colours

• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

• 8 Cushions

• H 170 x W 430 x D 430mm

427 524

£149.16pack

• 8 Cushions with Wooden Trolley

• Trolley H 450 x W 1120 x D 462mm

427 525

Acorn Bean Cube Seats

• Anti-Bacterial wipe clean fabric

• Available in a range of vibrant, modern colours

• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

• Encourages collaborative working

• Perfect for libraries, classrooms, outdoors and breakout areas

• H 380 x W 380 x D 380mm

Pack of 4 427 520 £135.45pack

Pack of 6 427 544

£202.91pack

Acorn Extra Large Floor Cushion Bean Bag

• Deep fill bean bag

• Comfortable and inviting bean bag

• Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

• Great for reading corners

• Available in bright and modern colours

• H 200 x W 1300 x D 1000mm 427 543

£152.15each

£255.15set

2WK 1YR

2WK 1YR

4WK 1YR

2WK 1YR

Foam Seats

2WK 1YR

Acorn Foam Seat Pads with Trolley

• Made from comfortable, long lasting foam

• Accompanying trolley is great for easily moving seat pads

• Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

• Great for seating groups

• Trolley H 450 x W 1120 x D 462mm

• 20 Square Cushions and Trolley

• Cushion H 50 x W 400 x D 400mm 427 547

£422.56set

• 20 Round Cushions and Trolley

• Cushion H 40 x Dia. 400mm 427 523

£394.35set

• Seat Pads Only

• Pack of 20

2WK 2YR

Junior Seat

• Junior seats ideal for breakout areas

• Easy clean vinyl

• Please specify colour choice when ordering

• Round

• H 350 x Dia. 350mm 483 141

• Square

• H 350 x W 500 x D 500mm 483 142

£111.56each

3WK 1YR

Snake Modular Seating

£111.56each

• Modular set of 6 pieces

• Foam filled shapes with PVC cover

• Covers and fillings are flame resistant

• Supplied in a random mix of colours

• Each section measures H 450 x W 770 x D 350mm

428 460

£550.01each

Character Bug Bean Bags

• Fun character bean bag

• Made from a comfy cotton fabric

• 2.5 cubic ft. polybead filling

• H 600 x Dia. 500mm

Cherry blossom Ocean blue Cool blue Orange Sea green Citrus green Red Grape Yellow

6WK 5YR

Kendal Children’s Loose Cover Chair and Sofa

• Floral patterned sofa with a home from home feel

• Cover is removable and washable at 30 degrees

• Upholstered in boucle fabric

• Chair

• H 660 x W 640 x D 520mm. Seat Height 300mm, Seat Depth 270mm

Green Floral 429 135

Navy Woodland 429 136

• Sofa

£208.90each

£208.90each

• H 660 x W 1000 x D 520mm. Seat Height

300mm, Seat Depth 270mm

Green Floral 429 133

£307.52each

Navy Woodland 429 134 £307.52each

6WK 5YR

Kendal Children’s Fixed Cover Chair and Sofa

• A beautifully rounded cosy sofa that provides the perfect spot for a sit and think

• Soft boucle fabric

• Chair

• H 660 x W 640 x D 520mm. Seat Height 300mm, Seat Depth 270mm

Cranberry Boucle 429 139

£240.39each

Teal Boucle 429 140 £240.39each

• Sofa

• H 660 x W 1000 x D 520mm. Seat Height 300mm, Seat Depth 270mm

Cranberry Boucle 429 137 £358.95each

Teal Boucle 429 138 £358.95each

6WK 5YR

Windsor Children’s Chesterfield Chair and Sofa

• This glorious child’s Chesterfield sofa and chair, creates a cosy space for children to sit, think, read and have fun

• A solid and sturdy sofa. Handmade and upholstered in a luxurious velvet

• Two sofa cushions shown are also included

• Choice of 3 velvet colours

• Arm Chair

• H 540 x W 600 x D 480mm. Seat Height 330mm

Marine Velvet 429 121 £600.80each

Oxblood Velvet 429 122 £600.80each

Emerald Velvet 429 123 £600.80each

• Sofa

• H 540 x W 980 x D 480mm. Seat Height 330mm

Marine Velvet 429 118

Oxblood Velvet 429 119

Emerald Velvet 429 120

£955.13each

£955.13each

£955.13each

Cranberry Teal

Navy Woodland

Marine Oxblood Emerald

6WK 5YR

Keats Children’s Wingback Chair

• This beautiful statement Wingback chair, creates a real feature in a room, allowing a child to find a special place to relax and enjoy some time to themselves

• Handmade and upholstered luxurious velvet

• Choice of 3 velvet colours

• H 710 x W x D 620mm. Seat Height 280mm

Marine Velvet 429 124

Oxblood Velvet 429 125

Emerald Velvet 429 126

6WK 5YR

£307.52each

£307.52each

£307.52each

Emily Children’s Chair and Sofa

• Modernist design sofa and chair with a soft tactile finish

• Choice of 3 velvet colours

• Armchair

• A great statement alone or alongside the matching Emily Sofa

• H 580 x W 510 x D 510mm. Seat Height 360mm

Marine Velvet 429 130

£256.10each

Oxblood Velvet 429 131 £256.10each

Emerald Velvet 429 132 £256.10each

• Sofa

• H 580 x W 780 x D 510mm. Seat Height 360mm

Marine Velvet 429 127

Oxblood Velvet 429 128

Emerald Velvet 429 129

6WK 5YR

£358.95each

£358.95each

£358.95each

Byron Children’s Corner Group

• A fabulous modular sofa that can be moved and changed around to suit the environment

• Pieces can be linked and unlinked as required

• Includes a complimenting footstool

• Upholstered in velvet, available in 3 colours

• H 570 x W 1450 x D 1450. Seat Height 300mm

Marine Velvet 429 141

Oxblood Velvet 429 142

Emerald Velvet 429 143

£1012.49each

£1012.49each

£1012.49each

Oxblood

Marine Oxblood Emerald

Marine Oxblood Emerald

2WK

2YR

Abstract Leaf Rug

• Neutral abstract leaf rug combines the perfect colour pallet for minimising over stimulation

• Manufactured from 100% hard wearing nylon with 6mm pile

• Suitable for children aged 2 and over

• Tested to meet all relevant safety standards

• H 6 x W 1780 x D 2565mm

432 049

£183.04each

2WK 2YR

Calm Mountains Rug

• Nature inspired premium rug in calming and neutral colours

• Manufactured from 100% hard wearing nylon with 6mm pile

• Suitable for children aged 2 and over

• Tested to meet all relevant safety standards

• H 6 x W 1780 x D 2565mm

432 048

2WK

1YR

Storytime Carpet

£183.04each

• Storytime in the early years will spark a child’s imagination and stimulate curiosity

• Help develop children’s social and communication skills through collaborative play

• Stor ytime carpet

• Seats up to 16 children

• W 2000 x D 2000mm

427 509

£177.19each

• Interactive stor ytime mini carpets

• Encourage group cooperation to mix and match these tiles to create their very own story

• Each square measures 400 x 400mm

• Pack of 32

723 678

£134.89pack

Colours of Nature Carpet Range

Developed to reflect the harmonious and calming colours of nature, these ranges offer a unique and balanced palette that has been carefully selected to reflect the environment from which it was inspired.

Economy Cut Pile Rugs

Our economy learning rugs offer a novel approach to early years topics in a way that will appeal to children. They are designed to not only be functional learning tools but are also decorative additions to any classroom. Manufactured from durable tightly woven nylon with a 3mm pile and a latex anti-slip backing for strength and support. Meets relevant safety standards. All economy rugs come with a 2-year guarantee.

A Marine Rug

Children can immerse themselves in topical discussions learning about the ocean and the sea with our Marine themed rug. Perfect for creating relaxing reading corners with its calming tonal blue palette, along with being a great teaching aid in which children can identify some of their favourite marine creatures, discuss their habitats and take a deep dive into their imaginations with the creative underwater design.

432 014 W2400 x D2000mm Each

B Mini Beasts Rug

Familiarise and encourage children to identify mini beasts with this colourful learning rug. Design includes 16 different mini beasts for children to learn about, encouraging group discussion about nature and our environment. With 20 numbered placement circles children can also develop their number recognition making this rug a great multi-functional addition to your classroom.

432 017 W2400 x D2000mm Each

C Emotions Rugs Rug

Our interactive circular Emotions rug is perfect for creating a safe space in developing children’s self expression. Displaying 10 different emotions in muted pastel tones children will learn valuable social and emotional skills as they learn to confidently express themselves by standing or sitting on the emotion they are feeling.

432 015 2000mm dia Each

D River Rug

Children can use their imagination as they play down by the riverbank with our River rug – or simply use as a reading area for circle time,

723 733 W2400 x D2000mm Each

E Oval School Rugs

These calming toned Oval Runway rugs break away from bold primary colours of offer an alternative relaxing classroom environment.

3000 x 2000mm

432 018 Scandi Each

432 367 Neutral Each

Economy Cut Pile Rugs

Manufactured from durable, tightly woven Nylon, with a 3mm pile and a latex anti-slip backing for strength and support.

A Rectangular Grey Deco Rug

W1500 x L2000mm

429 264 Grey Each

B Round Solid Colour Rugs

Dimensions 2000mm (Dia)

429 261 Grey Each

429 262 Blue Each

429 263 Green Each

Premium Cut Pile Rugs

Our premium quality cut pile rugs comply with all relevant safety standards and offer a lifetime limited wear warranty with a 5-year soil and stain protection. All rugs have an anti-microbial treatment which is a durable locked-in feature that is incorporated into the backing composite to minimise product deterioration and odours caused by microbial activity. Manufactured from a high twist 100% nylon to prevent matting and crushing with triple felt backing, a lifetime anti-static fibre, double stitched edging and a 6mm pile which will ensure both comfort and durability.

C Large Numbers Rectangle

A great aid for teaching children number recognition from 1 to 30. Large enough to seat 35 children.

509 532 W2570 x D3600mm Each

D Large Shapes Learning Rug

Includes the key 2D shapes that children learn to recognise by the end of KS1 (age 7), including circle, triangle, square, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon and octagon.

723 885 W2570 x D3600mm Each

E Large Alphabet Learning Rug

A great teaching aid for lower and upper case letter (Sassoon Medium Font) recognition and formation. Large enough to seat 35 children.

723 886 W2570 x D3600mm Each

F Solid Colour Rectangle Rugs

With 2 bold colours to choose from these rugs are excellent value. These premium carpets have a plush, comfortable pile. W1780 x D2565mm.

423 094 Blue Each

423 095 Green Each

Classroom Table Packs

• Crush bent stacking classroom table

• Premium quality 18mm laminate tops and sturdy 25mm frame

• Finished with a beech top

• Sold in packs of 5

• Available with MDF or PVC edge

Classroom Chair Packs

•

Titan One Piece – The UK’s Best Classroom Chair

Ergonomic

•

•

•Titan

HILLE VALUE CLASSPACKS

TABLE PACK OF 15 UNITS

MDF BULLNOSE

CLASSROOM TABLES

CRUSH BENT STACKING FRAME -

6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS - 15 Tables

Grey Laminate top – MDF Bullnose edge

L1200 x W600mm 432 478

Beech Laminate top – MDF Bullnose edge L1200 x W600mm 432 479

WELDED FRAME - SPIRAL STACKING -

6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

Grey Laminate top – MDF Bullnose edge

L1200 x W600mm 432 480

Beech Laminate top – MDF Bullnose edge L1200 x W600mm 432 481

PU EDGED

CLASSROOM TABLES

CRUSH BENT STACKING FRAME -

6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS - 15 Tables

PU edge beech

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 482

PU edge grey

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 483

WELDED FRAME - SPIRAL STACKING -

6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

PU edge beech

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 484

PU edge grey

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 485

SPRAY PU EDGE TABLES

CRUSH BENT STACKING FRAME -

6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS - 15 Tables

PU edge beech

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 486

PU edge grey

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 487

WELDED FRAME - SPIRAL STACKING -

6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

PU edge beech

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 488

PU edge grey

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 489

- 30

SERIES E CHAIRS30 CHAIRS

CHAIR30 CHAIRS

Chair Pack: NP Chairs

• Choose between three pack sizes: 4

• A robust general purpose chair

• The traditional classroom chair

• Well defined lumbar support

• Stackable to 8 high

• 5 year guarantee

or

Chair Pack: ST Chairs

• Choose between three pack sizes: 4 chairs, 8 chairs or 30 chairs

• Ergonomically designed for correct posture

• Comfortable and supportive

• No nuts or screws

• Stackable to 10 high

• Amazing 15 year warranty

Fully Welded Rectangular Tables

• Choose between three pack sizes: 4 tables, 8 tables or 15 tables

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with high pressure laminate

• Traditional Fully Welded tables with a quality finish

• Sturdy 25mm square tube frame

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 5 year guarantee

Crushed Bent Rectangular Tables

• Choose between three pack sizes: 4 tables, 8 tables or 15 tables

• Supplied with a hard wearing 18mm MDF top and a sturdy Crushed Bent 25mm square tube frame

• Stackable 8 high for ease of storage

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 5 year guarantee

WSM Stool Pack: Four Legged

• Choose between three

• Classic stacking stool

• Comfortable and stylish

• Stackable to 6 high

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• Supplied with Duraform

• 5 year guarantee

WSM Stool Pack: Skid Base

• Choose between three pack sizes: 4 stools, 8 stools or 30 stools

• Skid Base stool with non-tilt frame protects floor in high wear situations

• Robust anti-tilt design

• Stackable to 6 high

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• 5 year guarantee

Remember your seat colour:

STOCK ITEMS

Delivered in 7-10 Days

•

from a range of

items available for orders of 1 item

• 7-10 day fast track delivery service WSM Stools: Four Legged / Skid Base

FAST TRACK DELIVERY

Class Pack:

Crushed Bent Tables & NP Chairs

• Crushed Bent Tables supplied with a hard wearing 18mm MDF top and a sturdy Crushed Bent 25mm square tube frame

• Tables and chairs are stackable to 8 high

• 7-10 day fast track delivery service

• Available in sets of 4 tables and 8 chairs, or 15 tables and 30 chairs

590

Class Pack: Fully Welded Tables & NP Chairs

• Fully Welded Tables supplied with a solid 18mm MDF

and high pressure laminate and sturdy 25mm square tube

• Tables can be spirally stacked for ease of storage

• Tables

Craft Packs: Fully Welded Craft Tables

& WSM Skid Base

Stools

• Choose from two Craft Packs: 4 x Fully Welded Craft Tables and 8 x WSM Skid Base Stools, or, 15 x Fully Welded Craft Tables and 30 x WSM Skid Base Stools

• WSM Skid Base Stools available in two different stool heights (610 & 685mm)

• Craft Table available in two different table heights (850 & 950mm)

• Choose from a MDF bullnose table edge or Duraform spray PU charcoal

• BSEN 1729 compliant for both products

• 5 year guarantee for both products

Primary Classroom Pack Includes

• 15 x Crushed Bent Tables - Choose from three different table heights: 460, 530 or 590mm

• 30 x NP Chairs - Choose from three different chair heights: 260, 310 or 350mm

• 1 x Crushed Bent 3 Drawer Teachers Desk

• 1 x NP Swivel Teachers Chair

• 3 x Wooden Tray Unit - 2 columns, 12 trays*

L1100 x W550mm.

•

Secondary Classroom Pack Includes

• 15 x Fully Welded Tables - Choose from three

Is your furniture the right height?

Isyourfurnituretherightheight?

Isyourfurnituretherightheight?

One size of furniture will not provide the best fit for all the children in the classroom

Isyourfurnituretherightheight?

One size of furniture will not provide the best fit for all the children in the classroom

One size of furniture will not provide the best fit for all the children in the classroom

One size of furniture will not provide the best fit for all the children in the classroom

EN 1729 is the European standard for furniture in schools. The previous standard was based on furniture dimensions used in the 1970s. The dimensions in the new standard make sure furniture matches the sizes of today’s school children.

EN 1729 is the European standard for furniture in schools. The previous standard was based on furniture dimensions used in the 1970s. The dimensions in the new standard make sure furniture matches the sizes of today’s school children.

EN 1729 is the European standard for furniture in schools. The previous standard was based on furniture dimensions used in the 1970s. The dimensions in the new standard make sure furniture matches the sizes of today’s school children.

EN 1729 is the European standard for furniture in schools. The previous standard was based on furniture dimensions used in the 1970s. The dimensions in the new standard make sure furniture matches the sizes of today’s school children.

Chair & Table Heights

Chair & Table Heights

Chair & Table Heights

Chair & Table Heights

Stool & Table Heights

Stool & Table Heights

Stool & Table Heights

The information illustrated above is for guidance only. It is based on

pupil size only across the EU. Customers must ensure sizes are correct for their individual requirement.

Stool & Table Height

The

The information illustrated above is for guidance only. It is based on average pupil size only across the EU. Customers must ensure sizes are correct for their individual requirement.

Easy Guide - Classroom Chairs

On your order you may need to specify-

A)Shell Colour

This is the polypropylene seat on the chair which is often available in a variety of colours. This can include an optional fabric seat and back pad for added comfort. The shell may also be available in a FR (fire retardant) option.

B)Frame Colour

This is the colour option for the chair legs. If you are matching up with existing furniture and need advice please contact customer services.

C)Seat Height

The height of our chairs conforms to the European standard for furniture in schools (EN1729). The feet colour can be indicative of the seat height, however please be aware that these colours were updated in 2007. To ensure your chairs are the right height to match your tables please see our ordering size guidelines.

Additional information

We need to know when you require your delivery, please be flexible and order early to avoid disappointment. Please include a contact name and number so we can reach you if we need any more information. Remember most furniture is made to order. Please ensure you have not forgotten any of the above information on your order.

One Piece Trolley

Features:

- 21 year warranty

- EN1729 Parts 1 & 2. BS EN16139 Level 2

- Angled rear legs to discourage user tilting

- Easy to clean and no parts to maintain

- Optional linking device to aid compliance with H&S

- Exceptional ergonomics for an ideal sitting position

- Uses less plastic than any other chair in its class

- Fully recyclable

- Reinforced polypropylene for greater strength

- Easy to move due to its lightweight material

- Chair stacks easily and safely up to 21 high.

Chair SM3350mm335mm

Chair SM4380mm335mm

Titan One Piece – The UK’s Best Classroom Chair

‘S’ shaped back

•Titan One Piece Chairs are solid polypropylene –making them the strongest educational chair available.

•A child will sit on a chair for up to six hours a day over a period of 11 years or more. Furniture must therefore be durable and easy to clean and repair.

• All chairs are tested and have passed EN1729 Part 1 and 2 by FIRA.

•Being a one piece chair means they are tamper proof, have no sharp edges to cause damage and no metalwork to rust etc.

Remember your colour choices:

• One piece moulded polypropylene shell and four legs

• Hand hole in the shell

• Modern and attractive looking chair

• Assists better posture

• Strong and light weight

• Scratch resistant

• Stackable to 15 high

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 20 year guarantee

Size 1 (3-4 years)*520 x

Size 2 (4-6 years)*570 x 310mm

Size 3 (6-8 years)*660 x 350mm

Size 4 (8-11 years)695 x 380mm

Size 5 (11-14 years)790 x 430mm

Size 6 (14-adult)820 x 460mm

Ergos Chair

The Ergos chair provides correct postural support to aid comfort and attention in the classroom. Produced in single-moulded, double-walled polypropylene for exceptional strength and stability. Single moulded Ergos chairs comply with EN 1729 Parts 1 & 2 (European standard for dimensions, strength and stability).

• Stackable

• Superior lumbar support reduces fatigue

• Cutout back allows lower back breathing

• Rounded edges help knee and ankle joint movement and encourage blood circulation

• Chair leg angles prevent tilting

• Ultra lightweight for rapid classroom rearrangement

• UV protection means the ERGOS chair is suitable for indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

Ergos Chair

Seat heights 260–510mm

428 091

Seat Height: 260mm

H470 x W300 x D320mm

428 092

Seat Height: 310mm H520 x W300 x D360mm

428 093

Seat Height: 350mm H650 x W420 x D390mm

428 094

Seat Height: 380mm H700 x W430 x D410mm

428 095

Seat Height: 430mm H770 x W500 x D500mm

428 096

Seat Height: 460mm H800 x W500 x D500mm

428 097

Seat Height: 510mm H850 x W500 x D500mm

Increased resistance to impact, scratches and wear

Back leg angle offers greater stability and prevent tilting

Conforms to BS EN 1729 Parts 1 & 2

Superior lumbar support

ERGOSTAK CHAIRS

The Hille ErgoStak chair achieves all the essential maintenance-free durability of an all plastic chair, but it also responds to the demand for a sleeker, better looking chair for new and future classrooms.

In addition to its looks, ErgoStak has been designed to achieve much higher levels of ergonomic postural support than the existing chairs in the market This is a result of over 12 years of research and development (using Actiposture TM systems) and through finelytuned support of the pelvic/lower spine enables greater levels of student concentration – the only all-plastic chair that properly does this.

We urge you to request a sample chair so that you can feel the difference.

For Value pack see page 41

FEATURES -

• ErgoStak is tough and durable, being tested to both EN1729 and BSEN16139, which tests up to 158kg (nearly 25 stones) of user weight – it has unbeatable strength, and it’s covered by a 25 year warranty.

• The seat and backs have a ventilated surface texture.

• Unique top edge detail provides generous handgrip for safer lifting, and a profile to support slung school bags.

• Ergostak is fully recyclable and stacks superbly (10 of Size Mark 6 in just over 1.5 metres)

• Excellent value as Hille is the only UK company to manufacture their own chair in-house, so no additional costs from 3rd Party suppliers.

ERGOSTAK LINKING

The ability to be able to link chairs is important in areas seating crowds of people for performances, presentations and assemblies, such as assembly halls. The necessity comes from the preference to keep the chairs in neat rows, but also for safety in the event of an emergency evacuation.

Linking devices on all-plastic chairs have previously seemed to be very expensive and not very easy to use. The ErgoStak link is manufactured in-house by Hille and can be purchased with the chair or separately and retro-fitted to any ErgoStak chair at a later date, and is very reasonably priced.

The simple and secure linking method will be welcomed by caretakers, making setting out and putting away much easier than with other available options.

To see for yourself, request a free sample for trial.

Herts FullStop range of chairs

A stacking, well proportioned, comfortable, durable chair with a width of 450mm making it ideal where space is a premium. Ideal for use on tables 1100 & 1200mm wide.

Size

Size

Size

Features:

- Complaint to EN1729 Parts 1&2

- Contoured outer ribbing for strength -Tamper-proof fixings

- Made to order - Up to 10 years warranty* - 100% recyclable seats and frames

- Black shell made from recycled plastic

EN10 SM1 260mm310mm

EN10 SM2 310mm310mm

EN10 SM3 350mm370mm

EN10 SM4 380mm370mm

EN10 SM5 430mm405mm

EN10 SM6 460mm405mm

EN50 (castor) 390-520mm 405mm

EN51 (glides) 390-520mm 405mm

EN52 (brake loaded castors) 390-520mm 405mm

EN65 (castor) 530-780mm 405mm

EN66 (glides) 530-780mm 405mm

EN71 Stool 610mm405mm

EN70 Stool 660mm405mm

Stool 610mm405mm

THE AFFINITY CHAIR

The Affinity chair range is perfect for schools looking for a durable attractive product at an affordable price.

The Affinity chair features a high tensile steel frame and a high grade polypropylene shell and has been tested to EN1729 part 2.

The Affinity chair is available in six European heights with a black frame and 3 shell colours.

For Value pack see page 41

F. Transporter trolley Make life easier when moving stacks of chairs or stools with this trolley. Stacks 8. 472 328 each

OPTIONAL EXTRAS

A. E-Series with seat pad

Size 5/E Seat height 430mm

Standard shell 479 221 each

B. E-Series with seat and back pad

Size 5/E Seat height 430mm

Standard shell 487 087 each

C. E-Series chair with writing tablet

Features a writing tablet arm which can be permanently fitted, but neatly folds away behind the chair offering a truly multi-purpose product. Please specify left or right tablet at time of ordering.

Size 5/E Seat height 430mm

Standard shell 474 337 each

Flame retardant 474 338 each

D. Linking E-Series chair

Size 5/E Seat height 430mm

Standard shell 472 339 each

E. Teachers chairs junior height (not shown)

Enables teachers to sit at the same level as children in junior year classes but with an adult sized shell for comfort.

Size 2/B Seat height 320mm

Standard shell 497 256 each

SERIES E CHAIRS

The original polypropylene chair designed by Robin Day offers a durable and cost effective seating solution in the most testing environments.

Tested to EN1729 for strength and stability in addition to general dimensions and seat heights. Choice of 3 frame colours.

For Value pack see page 41

4-LEG

Size

SKID BASE

Choice

Optional Extras

A. Linking SE chair

Size 5/E Seat height 430mm

Standard shell 496 897 each

B. SE Swivel Chair senior height

Size 5/E - Seat height adjustable from 420-555mm.

Standard shell 496 898 each

C. Mix and Match Seats and Backs

See picture C Contact customer services for more information

D. SE Seat Pad

Size 5/E - Seat height 430mm.

Standard shell 424 879 each

Size 6/F - Seat height 460mm.

Standard shell 424 880 each

SE SEATING SYSTEM

THE SE CLASSIC

For several years the SE Classic has provided an ergonomically perfect study chair, designed with the business-like new image of academies and university buildings in mind. Resulting from years of research and development the Classic gives superb support to pupils’ and students’ backs, aiding concentration and wellbeing, built to last and to be affordable to all.

PERFECT POSTURE

All SE chairs exceed the EN1729 standards with additional focus on lower back support. SE Classic and Curve designers, Snell and Rowe, have built a speciality in designing seating to encourage healthy posture.

4-LEG

Size 1 Seat height 260mm - Age 3-4

487 081 each

Size 2 Seat height 310mm - Age 4-6

487 082 each

Size 3 Seat height 350mm - Age 6-8

487 083 each

Size 4 Seat height 380mm - Age 8-11

SKID BASE

The SE Skid base chair is available in sizes 5 and 6. When developing this product we have sought to find a design that has the following features:

• No wearable parts - such as feet, so therefore less maintenance.

Added strength of a skid base product.

• Unique front configuration which dispels the normal hazard of being able to tip forwards easily on a traditional skid base product - with the SE skid base chair it is virtually impossible to tilt the chair forwards.

• Retain the same stacking capability as the 4 leg version.

Size 5 Seat height 430mm 504 448 each

Size 6 Seat height 460mm 504 452 each

DuraGrip feet on all Hille products give increased grip on all surfaces and lasts up to 15 times longer than standard feet.

SE SEATING SYSTEM

THE NEW SE CURVE

Giving purchasers increased choice in this popular range, the new SE Curve offers a softer, more rounded aesthetic to the classroom or study environment. Building on the ergonomic principles of the "Classic", the Curve provides unbeatable postural support. Like the Classic, the Curve is easy to handle and stack having hand-holds and grips in all the right places. Get on to the new ‘Learning Curve’!

COLOURWAYS

The new Curve is available in a new softer range of colours that interact beautifully with each other and the wood-veneered seat option. Single colours or a more adventurous mixing is encouraged, both within an establishment and even in a single chair.

4-LEG

Size

SE MOTION STACKING CHAIR

The SE curve castor chair is perfect for flexible learning environments where seating needs to be truly manoeuvrable in use and yet still stack when you need to save space for changing classroom needs. Size

NP Chair

• A robust general purpose chair

• Well defined lumbar support

• Stackable to 8 high

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 5 year guarantee

• Frames are supplied with a Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint as standard

• Choose from a

choice of 12 different frame colours*

**Upholstered Seat Pad Fabrics are an optional extra. For NP Chair Packs see page 42

*Please note: Matching seat colours and frame colours are similar in shade but not identical. Swatches can be provided for both upon request. Orders are non-returnable.

ST Chair

• Anti-tilt design

• No nuts or screws

• Ergonomically designed for correct posture

• Stackable to 10 high

• Comfortable and supportive

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• Amazing 15 year guarantee

Size 1 (3-4 years)523 x 260mm 484

Size 2 (4-6 years)573 x 310mm 484 502

Size 3 (6-8 years)676 x 350mm 484 503

Size 4 (8-11 years)706 x 380mm 484 504

Size 5 (11-14 years)837 x 430mm 484 505

Size 6 (14-adult)867 x 460mm 484 506

• Legs are supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint as standard *Upholstered Seat Pad Fabrics

For ST Chair Packs see page 42

Chair 2000: Four Legged or Skid Base

• Choose from two chair frame styles: Four Legged or Skid Base

• Classic look and feel

• Extremely strong and durable

• Unrivalled posture support across all ages

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• 5 year guarantee

Size 1 (3-4 years)520 x 260mm

Size 2 (4-6 years)570 x 310mm 429 667

Size 3 (6-8 years)610 x 350mm 429 668

Size 4 (8-11 years)695 x 380mm 429 669

Size 5 (11-14 years)740 x 430mm 429 670 Size 6 (14-adult)780 x 460mm 429 671

429 674

Four Legged Skid Base

A) MX70 Classic heavy duty chair

Highly resilient and strong stacking chair with a steel frame running up the back, creating extra strength.

Size 5, 430mm

Size 6, 460mm

Accessories

With linking device

Size 6, 460mm

With seat pad

Size 6, 460mm

504 691 each

504 692 each

504 694 each

504 693 each

With linking device and seat pad

Size 6, 460mm

504 695 each

Remember your colour choices:

B) MX24 Classic chair 4 leg

Stacking, with a fully welded frame, strengthened seat and back supports.

Size 2, 310mm

Size 3, 350mm

Size 4, 380mm

Size 5, 430mm

Size 6, 460mm

508 003 each

508 004 each

508 005 each

504 696 each

508 006 each

Jolly Back Chair

• An ergonomic range of furniture designed to combat neck and back pain

• Physiotherapist designed specifically to support and promote natural upright posture

• Reduces awkward bending, twisting and kneeling

• Large Chair

• On castors

• H 800 x W 370 x D 430mm

428 080

• Medium Chair

• On castors

• H 750 x W 370 x D 430mm

428 079

• Small

• On glides

• H 700 x W 370 x D 430mm

428 081

£242.39each

£242.39each

£242.39each

Jolly Back Floor Chair

• Provides comfortable back support whilst sitting on the floor

• Removable seat and backrest cushions

• Adult Floor Chair

• H 400 x W 390 x D 500mm

428 082

• Junior Floor Chair

• H 400 x W 390 x D 400mm

428 083

£176.33each

£163.66each

The Harmony Chair has a strong robust design. The chair stacks 10 high. Tested to EN1729 Parts 1 and 2 for Strength and Stability.

4

4

4 Leg

4 Leg

4 Leg

4 Leg

The Masterstack Skid base chair has been designed with support and comfort in mind, The chair is available in six sizes with plenty of colour options. The product has the ability to stack 25 high, this is veryconvenient when you are limited on space. The chair has a one piece polypropylene shell, riveted to the frame and has tamper proof fixings. EN1729 parts 1 and 2.

The super strong GEO 4 legged chair is available in 10 shell colours and 4 seat heights. Moulded from one piece high impact polypropylene shell, fixed to a strong durable over tube frame. The chair stacks 8 high and gives the user superb back support. The GEO is the ultimate classroom chair. Certified to BS EN 1729 parts 1 & 2

Please call customer services to arrange a free site survey

We have received fantastic support and advice throughout the project and are delighted with the workmanship. Their team of installers are very efficient.

PROJECT ADVICE

Our industry experts take the time to understand your vision

•Extensive range of products to suit every budget

•Managing school projects for over 60 years

•CAD drawings

•3D renders

•Space planning

Catherine Franchi School Business Manager, Selborne School

Student ICT

EVO - Student ICT

The EVO ICT swivel chair can have a solid polished Chrome base or Black plastic base. EVO gas lifts are guaranteed to withstand users up to 25 stone and offers simple height adjustment.

The unique shell exclusive to Advanced, is manufactured on site using our new injection moulding machine.

Available with optional seat pad.

GEO - Student ICT

The GEO ICT swivel chair can have a solid polished Chrome base or Black base, with a choice of castors or glides. GEO gas lifts are guaranteed to withstand users up to 25 stone and offers simple height adjustment.

Please state Castors or Glides at time of ordering.

Available with optional seat pad.

Castors

4WK 6YR

E-Series Swivel Chair

• Height adjustable via a lever operated gas lift

• Choose either glides or castors fitted

• Seat height-adjustable: 360 - 490mm

Adult Standard Chair

Adult Flame Retardant Chair

• Seat height-adjustable 310 - 370mm

Junior Standard Chair

Junior Flame Retardant Chair

487 092 £90.77each

487 093 £95.39each

487 116 £85.25each

487 117 £89.97each

4WK 1YR

GH29 Classic IT Swivel Chair

• Computer gas lift chair on castors

• Sturdy one-piece polypropylene chair

• A cost effective quality option

• Black base with a choice of seat colours

• Seat height 390 - 520mm

504 689 £86.11each

4WK 1YR

Adult SE Swivel Chair

• The SE Chair has an additional focus on the correct lower back support to give correct posture, aiding learning by increasing concentration levels and improving long term health

• Height adjustable from 420 to 555mm

• Choose either castors or glides

• Available in a wide range of vibrant and exciting colours to suit every classroom environment

496 898 £92.43each

Blue Sapphire Purple Brown Charcoal Black White

Green Jade Red Orange Yellow

Black

Red Brown Green

Blue Grey

Pacific

Purple Slate Scarlett Ivory Ebony

Leaf Mocha

4WK 5YR

Titan Swivel Chair

• The Titan swivel chair is anti-tamper with no removable parts

• Super-strong, solid steel polished chrome base offers fantastic looks and superior strength compared to a standard nylon base

• Gas lifts are guaranteed up to 25 stone in body weight and offer simple seat height adjustment

• W 420 x D 480mm

• Castors

Adult Chair, Seat height 465 - 555mm 487 040 £80.28each

Junior Chair, Seat height 405 - 460mm 487 041 £77.49each

• Glides

Adult Chair, Seat height 465 - 555mm 507 554 £80.28each

Junior Chair, Seat height 405 - 460mm 507 555 £77.49each

Geo Poly Swivel Chair

• Moulded back for better posture

• Gas lift height adjustable guaranteed to withstand up to 25 stone

• Choice castors or glides

• 11 years to adult size

Black Base 508 362 £86.41each

Chrome Base 508 363 £96.76each

• 7 to 11 years

• Black Base

508 364

• 5 to 7 years

• Black Base

508 365

£86.41each

£86.41each

Green

Grey Red

Charcoal Yellow Blue Purple Burgundy Black Lime Orange Sky

Yellow

Mullbery

Flame Ocean Red Slate

Sky Lime

Onyx

4WK 6YR

Postura+ Task Chair

• High impact resistant polypropylene shell

• Perfect ergonomics with a waterfall edge seat

• Task chair with gas adjustable seat height

• Available in 20 polypropylene colours

• Seat height 383 - 493mm

• Castors

Black Base 509 153 £93.37each

Chrome Base 427 213 £104.67each

• Glides

Black Base 428 521 £93.37each

Chrome Base 428 522 £104.67each

• Postura Task Stool 427 214 £131.13each

2WK 5YR

EN Series Computer Chair

• The EN chairs elegant curved seat aids comfort and movement

• The EN series exceptional ergonomic shell support is provided to the lower back

• The latest in one-piece school chair technology

• Seat height 390-520mm

Fitted with castors 509 498 £88.17each

Fitted with glides 509 499 £88.17each

Fitted with brake loaded castors 509 500 £99.56each

4WK 6YR

EVO Poly ICT Swivel Chair

• The super strong EVO Chair

• Gas lift up to 25stone/150kg

• Certified to BSEN1729 parts 1 and 2 Black Base 424 607 £94.55each Chrome Base 424 608 £103.77each

Push button height adjustment

• Large contoured seat

• Fixed back and height rake to minimise movement

• Covered components to minimize potential damage

• Available in Phoenix fabric

Medium Back Tamperproof Operator Chair 429 036 £108.96each

High Back Tamperproof Operator Chair 429 037 £112.56each For fabric swatches see page 287

6WK 5YR

Teachers Stool

• Designed for easy movement for teachers & students

• Gas lift base seat height 430 - 550mm

• Seat diameter 360mm

• Seat upholstered in Main Line Plus or Advantage fabric - please specify when ordering

• Choose either castors or glides 499 656 £86.41each

4WK 1YR

Pepperpot Backless Swivel Chair

• Gas height adjustment from 425 - 555mm

• Exciting colours options and sleek lines for a modern classroom

• W 460 x D 350mm 507 614 £83.45each

Red Pink

Orange Purple Green Grey

Blue Black

We have dedicated Account Managers visiting schools regularly to provide the best value for money on educational products and services.

We provide:

•Advice and support

•Savings reviews

• Product samples and recommendations

• No obligation price comparisons

FOR A VISIT FROM AN ACCOUNT MANAGER

Get in touch today

• Product sourcing by our dedicated Buying Team

•No quibble returns

• No minimum order value for Free Delivery

Classic Folding Chairs

A comprehensive range of folding chairs for all budgets.

A 2200 Chair

Seat height: 450mm H820 x W450 x D550mm

483 383 Blue* 483 384 Burgundy*

483 385 Charcoal* 483 386 All Black

*light grey frame

Pack of 8

B 2000 Chair

Seat height: 450mm H870 x W450 x D550mm

483 387 Blue* 483 388 Burgundy*

483 389 Charcoal* 483 390 All Black

*light grey frame

Pack of 8

C 2600 Chair

Comfort Back with light grey frame

Seat height: 450mm H870 x W470 x D540mm

483 391 Blue 483 392 Burgundy

483 393 Charcoal

Pack of 4

D 2600 Upholstered Chair

Comfort Back with light grey frame and upholstered seat

Seat height: 450mm H870 x W470 x D540mm

483 397 Blue 483 398 Burgundy/Red

483 399 Charcoal

Pack of 4

E 2700 Chair

All Steel - light grey frame

Seat height: 450mm H750 x W450 x D530mm

483 403

Pack of 4

F 2700 F ully Upholstered Chair

Light grey frame with upholstered seat

Seat height: 450mm H750 x W450 x D530

483 405 Red 483 406 Blue

499 578 Charcoal

Pack of 4

Storage For Folding Chairs

A comprehensive range of storage systems to help eliminate storage problems in premises that have space restrictions.

(Dimensions shown when fully loaded with chairs)

G Transport Dolly 2200 & 2000 Chairs only H1500 x W1130 x D470mm

Stores 40 chairs

483 409

H Low Hanging Storage Trolley

483 410 Two Rows

H1220 x W1250 x D1250mm

Stores 68 A-B chairs & 36 C-F chairs

483 411 Three Rows

H1220 x W1750 x D1250mm

Stores 102 A-B chairs & 54 C-F chairs

I Upright Chair Truck

H100 x W1530 x D520mm

Stores 20 C-F chairs

427 224

J High Hanging Storage Trolley

483 412 Two Rows

H2300 x W1250 x D1250mm

Stores 136 A-B chairs & 72 C-F chairs

483 413 Three Rows

H2300 x W1750 x D1250mm

Stores 204 A-B chairs & 108 C-F chairs

Edge Stool

• Edge is a versatile stacking stool with contoured seat for comfort

• Strong skid base steel frame

• Stacks 10 high

• W 500 x D 530mm

Seat

Seat

Seat

Seat

This innovative design boasts unparalleled stack-ability, setting it apart from any other stool on the market. Its seamless construction makes it an ideal fit for laboratory settings, as it effortlessly withstands spills and is remarkably easy to clean.

An integrated footrest ensures comfort during extended use, while the availability of 2 different sizes caters to a range of user preferences.

Features:

- 10 year warranty

- Angled rear legs to discourage user tilting

-Easy to clean and no parts to maintain

- Fully recyclable

-Reinforced polypropylene for greater strength

-Easy to move due to its lightweight material

-Stacks easily and safely up to 15 high

- Optional bag hook

SE SEATING SYSTEM

SE STOOL

• Uses the ergonomic seat and back from the SE chair

• Matches in with SE chairs to offer a co-ordinated environment

Handy hand hole on the backless version at the rear to make moving them around easy

• Stable skid base design has no wearable feet

• Stacks up to 8 high

Range of 4 heights

• Available in a choice of four frame colours

SE STOOL - WITHOUT BACK

SE STOOL - WITH CLASSIC BACK

Stackable (Stacks 8 high except E-series stool which stacks 5 high)

BEECH AND MDF FLAT TOP STOOLS

POLYPROPYLENE FLAT TOP STOOLS

PEPPERPOT STOOLS

Fantastic range of stools with contemporary styling and bold colours. Choice of 3 frame colours.

STANDARD

Height

Height

Height

Height 685mm

Available in polished MDF, red, blue, green, yellow coloured MDF or beech veneered MDF. Choice of 3 frame colours.

Clear lacquered MDF

Height 430mm 479 770 each

Height 525mm 479 771 each

Height 610mm 479 772 each

Height 685mm 479 773 each

Coloured MDF - please specify colour

Height 430mm 479 774 each

Height 525mm 479 775 each

Height 610mm 479 776 each

Height 685mm 479 777 each

Natural Beech veneered MDF

Height 430mm 479 778 each

Height 525mm 479 779 each

Height 610mm 479 780 each

Height 685mm 479 781 each

Simple stacking design and extremely durable. Choice of 3 frame colours.

STANDARD

685mm

FLAME RETARDANT - BLUE ONLY

Bag hook - fully welded to frame. Must be ordered at same time as stools. 509 945 each

E-SERIES STOOLS

Comfortable and durable with a moulded back support. Choice of 3 frame colours.

STANDARD

FLAME RETARDANT - BLUE ONLY

Low Back - Skid Base Stool

Our Low Back Stools have been designed to the shape of how the body should sit when under a high top table, providing the maximum comfort.

The 19mm diameter four legged steel frames are coated in an Epoxy Powder coat finish to provide maximum life.

A ‘U’ bracing-bar has also been added to give extra strength.

Designed to hook onto each other when stacking. Can be stacked 10 high

Poly Stool

This Polypropylene Stool is designed with a flat seat which allows ease of stacking.

The 22mm diameter four legged steel frames are coated in an Epoxy Powder coat finish to provide maximum life.

Remember your options:

GEO Stool

The super strong GEO 4 legged stool is available in 10 shell colours and 3 seat heights. Seat moulded from one piece high impact polypropylene and is fixed to a strong durable over tube frame, with footrest bars. The stool stacks 4 high and gives the user superb back support. The GEO is the ultimate classroom stool.

Remember your options:

These stools are designed to stack 10 high.

WSM Stools: Four Legged Base

• Classic stacking stool

• Comfortable and stylish

• Stackable to 6 high

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• 5 year guarantee

WSM Stools: Skid Base

• Skid Base stool with non-tilt frame protects floor in high wear situations

• Robust anti-tilt design

• Stackable to 6 high

•

•

•

High Chairs & Stools

• Choose from 3 different High Chairs and 2 different Stools

•

•

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

for use in Science Laboratories, Art Studios or Music Rooms

on all High Chairs and Stools

Easy Guide- Classroom Tables

On your order you may need to specify:

A)Top Colour

This is the colour of the table top surface. This is usually available in a variety of colours and wood finishes.

B)Edge

There are 3 types of table edges; MDF - a lacquer which covers the core of the table, this is the lowest cost option.

PVC - glued to the side of the table and will usually have more colour options.

PU (Polyurethane) - bonded under the laminate, this is our strongest edge.

You may also need to specify an edge colour on your order.

C)Frame Type & Colour

There are 3 types of table frames; Crushbent - allows the tables to be stacked. Fully Welded - not designed for stacking in large quantities but it would be possible to spiral stack. Mandrel bend - our strongest table frame available in stacking and non stacking. You may also need to specify a frame colour on your order.

Additional information

D)Height

The height of our tables conforms to the European standard for furniture in schools (EN1729). The feet colour can be indicative of the table height, however please be aware that these colours were updated in 2007. To ensure your tables are the right height to match your chairs please see our ordering size guidelines.

We need to know when you require your delivery, please be flexible and order early to avoid disappointment. Please include a contact name and number so we can reach you if we need any more information. Remember most furniture is made to order. Please ensure you have not forgotten any of the above information on your order.

Crushbent

Fully Welded

Mandrel Bend

4WK 5YR

Mandrel Bend Circular Table

• Our strongest table frame with a 1080mm diameter circular top

• Available with a beech, maple or cream laminate top with a black or silver frame

• Choice of different table heights ranging from 460 - 750mm high

427 341 £174.01each

4WK 5YR

Mandrel Bend Semi-Circular Table

• Our strongest table frame with a Semi-Circular top

• Available with a beech, maple or cream laminate top with a black or silver frame

• Choice of different table heights ranging from 460 - 750mm high

427 342 £164.86each

4WK 5YR

Mandrel Bend Trapezoidal Table

• Our strongest table frame with a trapezoidal top

• Available with a beech, maple or cream laminate top with a black or silver frame

• Choice of different table heights ranging from 460 - 750mm high

427 343 £149.29each

4WK 5YR

Mandrel Bend Rectangular Table

• Our strongest table frame with a Rectangular top

• Available with a beech, maple or cream laminate top with a black or silver frame

• Choice of different table heights ranging from 460 - 750mm high

• Non-Stacking

• W1200 x D600mm

427 344

• W1100 x D550mm

427 345

• Stacking

• W1200 x D600mm

427 346

£125.47each

£125.47each

£125.47each

Enviro Tables & Benches

Revolutionary in design and construction this range of lightweight yet incredibly strong furniture is suitable for all areas of learning establishments be it pre-school, primary, secondary and beyond.

Supplied in an unrivalled selection of shapes, sizes, heights and colour combinations the tables are ideal for classrooms, meeting rooms, staff rooms, libraries, for dining, collaboration and learning. The benches are designed to fit neatly under the tables for storage and are a popular choice in dining rooms and canteens as a smart, space saving alternative to traditional chairs.

Constructed from wipe-clean counter-balanced laminate with a lightweight core, finished with a strong and durable, environmentally friendly ABS edging, the table tops and bench seats feature rounded corners for safety. Tested and passed EN BS1729 1&2 for strength, durability and dimensional fit.

Rectangular r & Square e Tables

496 906

496 907 496 908

483 320 483 327 424 376

1800(L) x 750mm(W)

1400(L) x 750mm(W)

1200(L) x 750mm(W)

1200(L) x 600mm(W)

750(L) x 750mm(W)

600(L) x 600mm(W)

Round Tables

Shaped Tables

Enviro Benches

• Lightweight aluminium frame

• Durable laminate top

• Contrasting ABS edge

• Strong and stable

• Choice of top & edge colours

Delivered flat-pack for simple self-assembly. Secure legs with the Allen key provided.

Enviro High Tables & Benches

The high tables can be placed up against a wall or window and can be coupled with either the matching high benches or high stools of your choice. For canteens, cafés, or as a stand-at work bench.

Enviro High Tables

Enviro High Benches

• Lightweight aluminium frame

• Durable laminate top

• Contrasting ABS edge

• Wipe-clean top

MDF Edge The standard core table material finished with a clear lacquer coating.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Square600mm600mm 424 159 428 706

The Spiral Stacking Tables are designed to stack in a spiral motion directly on top of each other. These tables are available in many different shapes and sizes and still offer the Spiral Stacking System (with the exception of the Circular table).

Rectangular1100mm550mm 424 160 428 707

£78.51

Rectangular1200mm600mm 424 161 428 708

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm 424 162 428 709

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm 424 163 428 710

Semi-circular1100mm550mm 424 164 428 711

Semi-circular1200mm600mm 424 165 428 712

Circular1000mm1000mm 424 166 428 713

Rectangular Tray Table 1100mm550mm 427 756 428 805

Rectangular Tray Table 1200mm600mm 427 757 428 806

The 1.5mm gauge four legged frames are powder coated in an Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life.

PVC Edge A 2mm thick plastic, glued to the edge of the table, offering standard protection. Available in a choice of colours.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Square600mm600mm 424 167 428 714

Rectangular1100mm550mm 424 168 428 715

Rectangular1200mm600mm

Rectangular Tray Table

Rectangular Tray Table

PU Edge A solid polyurethane edge offering the ultimate in protection to the table top edge.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Square600mm600mm

Rectangular1100mm550mm

Rectangular1200mm600mm

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm

Rectangular Tray Table

Rectangular Tray Table

Remember your options:

We supply a wide range of laminated top finishes (Beech, Blue, Red, Green and Yellow). We also offer a selection of tables with a clear lacquered edge, 2mm PVC edge or PU edging. Table tops are 18mm thick. Certified to BS EN 1729. Each table is supplied with tray runners and 2 trays.

Gratnell® Trays

Minimum order of 5 items. *Red, blue, green & translucent Gratnell trays and tray runners available on rectangular tables only. (rectangular tables only)

CRUSHBENT TABLES

MDF Edge The standard core table material finished with a clear lacquer coating.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Square600mm600mm

Rectangular1100mm550mm

Rectangular1200mm600mm

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm

Our Slide/Stacking Tables are created with a robust crushed metal frame on a 25mm square leg system that is longer on one side enabling you to stack with ease.

The 1.5mm gauge four legged frames are powder coated in an Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life.

We supply a wide range of laminated top finishes (Beech, Blue, Red, Green and Yellow). We also offer a selection of tables with a clear lacquered edge, 2mm PVC edge or PU edging. Table tops are 18mm thick. Certified to BS EN 1729.

PVC Edge A 2mm thick plastic, glued to the edge of the table, offering standard protection. Available in a choice of colours.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Square600mm600mm

Rectangular1100mm550mm

Rectangular1200mm600mm

PU Edge A solid polyurethane edge offering the ultimate in protection to the table top edge.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice

Square600mm600mm

Rectangular1100mm550mm

Rectangular1200mm600mm

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm

PREMIUM CYLINDER TABLES

MDF Edge The standard core table material finished with a clear lacquer coating.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Rectangular1100mm550mm 427 616 428 757

Rectangular1200mm600mm 427 617 428 758

Square600mm600mm 427 618 428 759

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm 427 619 428 760

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm 427 620 428 761

Semi-circular1100mm550mm 427 621 428 762

Semi-circular1200mm600mm 427 622 428 763

£96.51 £94.73

Circular1200mm1200mm 427 623 428 764

This heavy duty Premium Cylinder Leg Table is one of the more robust and eye-pleasing families of tables.

The 32mm diameter cylindrical leg frames are fully welded and powder coated in an Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life.

We supply a wide range of laminated top finishes (Beech, Blue, Red, Green and Yellow). We also offer a selection of tables with a clear lacquered edge, 2mm PVC edge or PU edging. Table tops are 18mm thick. Certified to BS EN 1729.

PVC Edge

A 2mm thick plastic, glued to the edge of the table, offering standard protection. Available in a choice of colours.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Rectangular1100mm550mm 427 624 428 765

£175.37 £177.22 £98.60

Rectangular1200mm600mm 427 625 428 766

Square600mm600mm

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm

Semi-circular1100mm550mm

Semi-circular1200mm600mm

Circular1200mm1200mm

626 428 767

627 428 768

628 428 769

631 428 772

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Rectangular1100mm550mm 427 632 428 773

Rectangular1200mm600mm 427 633 428 774

Square600mm600mm 427 634 428 775

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm 427 635 428 776

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm 427 636 428 777

Semi-circular1100mm550mm 427 637 428 778

Semi-circular1200mm600mm

Circular1200mm1200mm

PU Edge A solid polyurethane edge offering the ultimate in protection to the table top edge. Remember your options:

TABLES WITH CASTORS

MDF Edge The standard core table material finished with a clear lacquer coating.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice

25mm Frame600mm600mm 428 998

25mm Frame1100mm550mm 428 999

25mm Frame1200mm600mm 429 000

25mm Frame1400mm600mm 429 001

25mm Frame1600mm600mm 429 002

Ø32mm Frame600mm600mm 429 003

Ø32mm Frame1100mm550mm 429 004

Ø32mm Frame1200mm600mm 429 005

Ø32mm Frame1400mm600mm 429 006

Ø32mm Frame1600mm600mm 429 007

This range of mobile tables is available in the form of our 25mm Fully Welded or our Premiium Cylinder ranges of tables.

The leg (25mm box or Ø32mm round) frames are fully welded and powder coated in an Epoxy Powder coat finishto give maximum life.

Each table is mounted on 65mm Castors (with soft tyres), 2 being locking and 2 non-locking.

We supply a wide range of laminated top finishes. We also offeraselection of tables with a clear lacquered edge, 2mm PVC edge or PU edging. Table tops are 18mm thick. Certifiedt o BS EN 1729

PVC Edge

A 2mm thick plastic, glued to the edge of the table, offering standard protection. Available in a choice of colours.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice

25mm Frame600mm600mm 429 602

25mm Frame1100mm550mm 429 603

25mm Frame1200mm600mm 429 604

25mm Frame1400mm600mm 429 605

25mm Frame1600mm600mm 429 606

Ø32mm Frame600mm600mm 429 612

Ø32mm Frame1100mm550mm 429 613

Ø32mm Frame1200mm600mm 429 614

Ø32mm Frame1400mm600mm 429 615

Ø32mm Frame1600mm600mm 429 616

PU Edge A solid polyurethane edge offering the ultimate in protection to the table top edge.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice

25mm Frame600mm600mm 429 607

25mm Frame1100mm550mm 429 608

25mm Frame1200mm600mm 429 609

25mm Frame1400mm600mm 429 610

25mm Frame1600mm600mm 429 611

Ø32mm Frame600mm600mm 429 617

Ø32mm Frame1100mm550mm 429 618

Ø32mm Frame1200mm600mm 429 619

Ø32mm Frame1400mm600mm 429 620

Ø32mm Frame1600mm600mm 429 621

Remember your options:

25mm Frame

Ø32mm Frame

Morleys Fully Welded Classroom Tables with MDF Edges

• 18mm laminate wipe clean top

• Square, fully welded frame available in 3 colours

• Rounded lacquered MDF edge with nine top colours

• Square and rectangular tables spiral stacks up to 6 high

• 5 Year Frame Guarantee

• Conforms to EN 1729 parts 1 & 2

Please note: A minimum order quantity of 5 applies to all tables

A Classroom Table - Square Dimensions: W600 x D600mm Width Between Legs 520mm 428 189

B Classroom Table - Rectangular Dimensions: W1100 x D 550mm Width Between Legs 1017mm 428 190

C Classroom Table - Rectangular Dimensions: W1200 x D 600mm Width Between Legs 1120mm 428 191

D Classroom Table - Semi-Circular Dimensions: W1200 x D600mm Width Between Legs 520mm 432 053

E Classroom Table - Circular Dimensions: Dia. 1100mm Width Between Legs 670mm 432 054

F Classroom Table - Trapezoidal Dimensions: W1100 x D550mm Width Between Legs 445mm 432 051

F Classroom Table - Trapezoidal Dimensions: W1200 x D600mm Width Between Legs 465mm 432 052

MDF edges

Hille’s ‘Essentials’ range of tables is a concise range of options, which allows us to stock build components ready for manufacture This reduces costs, enabling us to keep the pricing as low as possible, whilst offering a 2 week delivery turnaround all year round.

Table tops feature a polished bullnose edge, with either a beech or grey laminate finish, and are 1200 x 600 in 6 height options. Frames can be crushbent or standard welded, in a choice of hard-wearing powdercoated colours.

For Value pack see page 41

Grey Laminate

Beech

WELDED FRAME - SPIRAL STACKING - 6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

Grey Laminate top – MDF Bullnose edge L1200 x W600mm 429 693 each

Beech Laminate top – MDF Bullnose edge L1200 x W600mm 429 694 each

Spray polyurethane (PU) edge tables have become increasingly popular over the years, as they offer a good level of durability, whilst offering an overall aesthetically pleasing look.

Better pricing is available for orders over 100 units. For Value pack see page 41

The Hille fully moulded edge table is the strongest edge available on the market. The edge is formed in an injection moulding process which sees the material bonded within the core of the table. As a result, the edge offers the ultimate protection to the core of the table against all manor of impacts and knocks.

Cut sections of the top can be supplied to demonstrate the structure.

Fully moulded edge tables are competitively priced, especially given their extreme durability.

Better pricing is available for orders over 100 units.

For Value pack see page 41 CRUSH BENT STACKING FRAME6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

Crushed Bent Tables

• Choose from 5 different Duraform PU edge colours or a MDF Bullnose edge

• Hard wearing 18mm MDF top and a sturdy 25mm Crushed Bent square tube frame

• Available in five different shapes for ultimate classroom flexibility

• Stackable up to 8 high for ease of storage

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 5 year guarantee

Duraform Light Grey Speckled

Fully Welded Tables

• Traditional Fully Welded Tables with a Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• Can be spirally stacked for ease of storage

• Choose from 5 different Duraform PU edge colours or a MDF Bullnose edge

• Solid 18mm MDF top with a high pressure laminate

• Sturdy 25mm square tube frame

• 5 year guarantee

• BSEN 1729 compliant

Duraform Light Grey Speckled

Fully Welded Black Frame Tables

• TraditionalFullyWeldedTableswithablackframefinish

• Can be spirally stacked for ease of storage

• Choose from 5 different Duraform PU edge colours or a MDF Bullnose edge

• Solid 18mm MDF top with a high pressure laminate

• Sturdy 25mm square tube frame

• 5 year guarantee

• BSEN 1729 compliant

Welded & Crushed Bent Colour Frame Tables

• Choose from two table styles

• Choose to have matching laminates and frames or ‘mix n match’

• Choose from a vibrant choice of 7 different colours and a variety of table heights

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with high pressure laminate

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• Standard MDF Bullnose edge

• 5 year guarantee

• Our exciting modular table range

• Various shapes and colours are available

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 10 year guarantee

• Premium finish with 25mm tops, Duraform edge and height adjustable feet

• Stylish 32mm round frame tables with tamper proof fixings

• Spiral stacking tables with premium round tube legs (32mm)

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint, other frame colours are available on request

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 5 year guarantee

RT32 Pastel Tables

• Spiral stacking tables with premium round tube legs (32mm)

• Choose from a range of pastel frame and laminate colours

• Available in two different edge finishes

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 5 year guarantee

RT32 White Tables

• Choose from 3 different table shapes

• Versatile range that can be easily configured into any layout

• 32mm round tubular frame

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate and a matching white 2mm BURO edge

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 5 year guarantee

Premium RT45 Tables

• Supplied with 45mm chunky tubular legs

• Versatile range that can be easily configured into any layout

• 5 year guarantee

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• Choose from two table frame styles: Fully Welded or Crushed Bent

• Choose from 3 different table shapes

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• 5 year guarantee

Elite Tables: Static Height & Height Adjustable

• Choose between two Elite Table styles

• Ultimate classroom range with both static and height adjustable options

• Excellent variety of vibrant laminates

• Stylish oval tube frame

• Height adjustable table for use with wheelchairs or where a versatile environment is required

• 5 year guarantee

Whiteboard Table Tops

• Hard wearing 18mm high gloss white top

• High scratch resistant

• Promotes a paperless environment

• Available on all table sizes

• Wipe clean free surface

• Excellent for brainstorming ideas

• 5 year guarantee

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

Segga

Segga Tables

• Sturdy 32mm Fully Welded frame with 18mm laminate top

• Stylish modular table with multiple shape combinations possible

• Ultimate flexibility for any Classroom, Project or Library

• Perfect for creating ICT hot desks

• 5 year guarantee

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

Connect Tables

• Flexible and dynamic modular table with endless tessellation possibilities

• Sturdy 32mm Fully Welded frame with 18mm MDF top

• Designed to seat 1 but can seat 3 when a full working space is not essential

• Perfect for Communal Areas

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

ZED Frame Tables

• ZED frame cantilever table

• Available as a square or rectangular table

• Strong robust 50 x 25mm steel tube frame

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• Stylish and contemporary design

• Adjustable feet

• Choose from three table edge styles

• 5 year guarantee

Features:

- Stacks 15 high within a 2 metre space

- 6kg weight for dynamic adaptable environments

- EN1729 Parts 1 & 2. Tested to over 100 kg weight

- Pen groove colour inserts

- Connector available to link tables together

- Easy to store or move on our table dolly

- Simple to clean making them Hygienic

- Offered in sizes 1 to 6

- Available in Night Grey or Cool Grey

EN-CT1 460mm600mm

EN-CT2 530mm600mm

EN-CT3 590mm600mm

EN-CT4 640mm600mm

EN-CT5 710mm600mm

EN-CT6 760mm600mm

- Optional pen groove insert

- Optional table connector device

- Dolly for easy transportation

EN-CTPG*Pen trayeach

EN-CTCON*Table connectoreach

EN-CTDOL* Trolleyeach

*specify colour when ordering

4WK 5YR

Teachers Desk

• Teachers desk with lockable top drawer

• Frame available in black, chrome or grey

• Please specify colour when ordering

• H 710 x W 1200 x D 600mm

MDF edge 508 338 £306.30each

PVC edge 508 339 £310.76each

PU edge 508 340 £316.84each

4WK 1YR

Single Pedestal Desk

• Complete with cable ports and a modesty panel

• Available in beech or oak with a charcoal frame

• With fixed lockable drawers

• Choose left or right hand version

W 1200 x H 720 x D 745mm 507 672 £158.57each

W 1800 x H 720 x D 745mm 507 674 £133.10each

5WK 1YR

County Teachers Desk

• Beech laminate

• Drawer handle available in green, blue, yellow, red, grey, brown, burgundy, silver and black - please specify when ordering

• Two suspended drawers with locking top drawer

• Cream modesty panel complemented with a beech laminate top and black frame

H 760 x W 1200 x D 600mm 497 874 £280.08each

H 700 x W 1200 x D 750mm 497 873 £329.80each

4WK 5YR

Double Pedestal Desk

• Double pedestal with 2 drawers on one side and 3 on the other

• Available in beech or oak with a charcoal frame

• H 720 x W 1800 x D 745mm 507 676 £206.15each

• Teachers Desks are supplied to match our core table ranges

• Choose from 2 frame options in a variety of sizes

• Select either a 2 drawer or 3 drawer option

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

Crushed Bent Frame

3WK 5YR

Teachers 2 Drawer Single Pedestal Desk and Operator Chair Bundle

• 2 drawer fixed pedestal - lockable supplied with 2 keys

• Cantilever desk frame

• High back operator chair. Choose colour from Phoenix fabric range

• Choice of wood finishes and frame colours

W 1200 x H 725 x D 800mm

W 1400 x H 725 x D 800mm

W 1600 x H 725 x D 800mm

3WK 5YR

Teachers 3 Drawer Single Pedestal Desk and Operator Chair Bundle

• 3 drawer fixed pedestal - lockable supplied with 2 keys

• Cantilever desk frame

• High back operator chair. Choose colour from Phoenix fabric range

• Choice of wood finishes and frame colours

W 1200 x H 725 x D 800mm 429 060 £325.49each

W 1400 x H 725 x D 800mm 429 062 £330.33each

W 1600 x H 725 x D 800mm 429 064 £330.33each

Teachers Double Pedestal Desk and Operator Chair Bundle

• Double pedestal extra wide teachers desk

• Cantilever desk frame

• High back operator chair. Choose colour from Phoenix fabric range

• Choice of wood finishes and frame colours

• W 1800 x H 725 x D 800mm

• 2 + 2 Drawer

• 2 standard and 2 filing drawers

429 065 £447.70each

• 2 + 3 Drawer

• 4 standard and 1 filing drawer

429 066 £447.70each

• 3 + 3 Drawer

• 6 standard drawers

429 067 £447.70each

(BL)

3WK 5YR

SitStand Desk Riser

• Alternative solution to purchasing a new desk

• SitStand Desk Riser can be placed on top of an existing static desk

• Use in a seated or standing position

• Rises up to 423mm

• Can be stored away when not in use

• Footprint W 600 x D 840mm

427 864

each

4WK 5YR

Elite Rectangular Height Adjustable Table

• Suitable for use with wheelchairs or where a versatile environment is required

• Height adjustable from 710 - 1000mm

• Stylish oval tube frame

• Matching fixed height table available - 428 162

• L 1200 x W 600mm

428 165

4WK 10YR

Start Right Rectangular Height Adjustable Table

each

Tuf Top Rectangular Height Adjustable Table

• Adjustable from 430 to 635mm in 25mm increments

• Heavy duty for school use with sturdy 25mm thick tops. Hard wearing, easy wipe clean

• Durable PVC moulded edges for added safety

• Tables feature oval shaped legs with sliding metal inserts, allowing you to choose the correct height

• Height adjustable between 5 key positions

• 25mm top which is finished with a grey PU Duraform edge

• 10 year guarantee

• Adjustable to 400, 460, 530, 590 and 640mm

• L 1200 x W 600mm 424 883

• Frames are black powder coated for scratch resistance and longevity and fitted with self levelling feet, ideal for uneven floors around the school

• Quick and easy assembly

• W 1500 x D 750mm

each

Maple Blue Sky blue

Choice of laminate top

Height Adjustable HA200 Table

• Choose between three table sizes

• When height is set frames are completely tamper proof

• Adjustable between 512-805mm

• Side crank handle adjustable

• Available with optional cable portholes*

• Choose from three edge styles

• Supplied with silver frame paint as standard

• 5 year guarantee

Height Adjustable HA600 Table

• Sit to stand height adjustment from 730mm to 1200mm

• Available with single or double portholes*

• 18mm MDF top with a high pressure laminate

• Supplied with black frame paint as standard

• Choose from three edge styles

• 5 year guarantee

• Choose between two table sizes

• When height is set frames are completely tamper proof

• Adjustable between 512-805mm

• Side crank handle adjustable

• Available with optional cable portholes*

• Choose from three edge styles

• Supplied with white frame paint as standard

• 5 year guarantee

Crank Handle / Handy Height Guide Porthole*

Height Adjustable Tables

from 550mm to 850mm

Adjustable feet

Our Height Adjustable Table has been developed to give you the opportunity to have a table that can be adjusted to a number of heights, making them appropriate for wheelchair users (DDA compliant).

Effective in all office environments including “Educational” workplaces.

The Crank system adjusts from 550mm to 850mm high. The 18mm or 25mm MDF laminated tops can be edged in either a clear lacquer or 2mm PVC edging. Leg frame available in Silver only.

your options:

Electric Sit/Stand Desk

Remember your options:

A Sit/Stand desk promotes good blood circulation, prevents problems associated with prolonged sitting

•Increases alertness and activity levels

•Top available: 1200mm, 1400mm, 1600mm, 1800mm. W800 for all

•Available in 4 colours 424 430

£639.23

Ergonomic Electric Height Adjustable Desks

There are many benefits with the MWET3; height adjustable desks are known to help with back, shoulder and neck pain, mood and energy levels and more!

The ability to sit and stand during the average work day can have huge benefits to the user and it is this active working style that encourages increased staff productivity and reduced absenteeism. Major international research over recent years has produced evidence that sitting for more than 4 hours a day can lead to:

• Disrupted blood sugar levels

• Increased insulin

• Increased blood sugar levels

• Enzymes responsible for burning harmful blood fats shutting down leg muscles switch off.

It doesn't matter what level of physical activity, the result can lead to an increased risk of heart disease, diabetes, cancer, weight gain and back aches. Having the ability to sit and stand numerous times during the working day can help to improve health and wellbeing.

(Data source: www.getbritainstanding.org).

• Maximum lift capacity 125kg

• Dual motor system

• 5 year guarantee under normal use and 8 hour working day

• 3 Stage leg frame enabling lower than desk height usage

• 3 x programmable memory pre-sets

• 800mm depth x 600 - 1250mm height

• Choice of White, Silver or Black frames

• 3 x programmable memory pre-sets

• 3 Stage leg frame enabling lower than desk height usage

1200mm x 800mm depth

429 910 Oak 429 913 Beech

429 911 Maple

429 912 Light Grey

429 914 White

1400mm x 800mm depth

429 915 Oak 429 918 Beech

429 916 Maple

429 917 Light Grey

429 919White

1600mm x 800mm depth

429 920 Oak 429 923 Beech

429 921 Maple

429 922 Light Grey

429 924White

1800mm x 800mm depth

429 925 Oak

429 926 Maple

429 927 Light Grey

429 928 Beech

429 929 White

Craft Tables

• Choose between two Craft Tables

• Sturdy and practical H frame tables

• Perfect for Art, Food Technology, Science and Craft Environments

• Versatile range for use throughout the school

• Available in three different edge finishes

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

Duraform

25mm Square Steel Tube Frame

Chunky 45mm Round Tube Frame

LABORATORY TABLES

MDF Edge The standard core table material finished with a clear lacquer coating.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Standard1200mm600mm

Standard1200mm750mm

Standard1500mm600mm

Standard1500mm750mm

643 428 784

Heavy Duty1200mm600mm 427 644 428 785

Heavy Duty1200mm750mm

645 428 786

Heavy Duty1500mm600mm 427 646 428 787

Heavy Duty1500mm750mm 427 647 428 788

These ‘H’ Frame Laboratory Tables have been designed to make working on high work-tops that much easier.

With it’s 1.5mm gauge 25mm or 40mm thick ‘H’ frames, these tables are suitable for use in many environments, especially educational areas.

PU Edge A solid polyurethane edge offering the ultimate in protection to the table top edge.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice

Standard1200mm600mm

Standard1200mm750mm

Standard1500mm600mm 427 650 428 791

Standard1500mm750mm 427 651

Heavy Duty1200mm600mm

Heavy Duty1200mm750mm

Heavy

Heavy Duty1500mm750mm

We supply a wide range of laminated top finishes (Beech, Blue, Red, Green and Yellow) with a clear lacquered edge or 2mm PVC edge. Table tops are 18mm thick. Certified to BS EN 1729

We also offer an extra tough 13mm thick solid core laminate Trespa work top, ideal for science and food technology environments.

Trespa Solid Core Laminate work top giving a robust and hard wearing edge.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice

Standard1200mm600mm

Standard1200mm750mm

Standard1500mm600mm

658 428 799

Standard1500mm750mm 427 659 428 800

Heavy Duty1200mm600mm

Heavy

Remember your options:

Folding Exam Desk

• Beech laminated MDF with polished edge

• Pencil groove

• H 710 x W 600 x D 600mm

481 011

£41.02each

1YR

Exam Desk Trolley 25

• Vertical storage and transportation trolley

• Holds 25 exam desks

• H 1250 x W 670 x D 1200mm

485 025

1YR

Exam Desk Trolley 40

• Horizontal storage and transportation trolley

• Holds 40 desks

• H 1350 x W 600 x D 1350 mm

481 053

£162.00each

£103.50each

4WK 5YR

Nesting Exam Table

• Black crushbent frame & beech top

• Stackable up to 5 high

• Table top 600 x 450

• Table height 710mm

499 650

£65.31each

x Four Legged Folding Desks

x Exam Desk Trolley Exam Desks

• For all your examination needs

• All desks are 710mm high

• Pen groove included in price (unless specified otherwise)

• MDF Bullnose polished and lacquered edge

• 5 year guarantee

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• Exam Desk Trolley holds 24 Folding Legged desks

*Please note: Tables to be are to be stacked top-to-top facing to prevent scratching. **Width is 1280mm including handles.

Four Legged Folding

Skid Legged Folding

Exam Desk

Solid counter balanced 15mm MDF top and lacquered MDF edge, easy fold black frame with slightly sloping top for better ergonomics. Complete with moulded pen groove and extra strong 25mm oval steel frame with solid steel clips hold the frame.

G Exam Desk

Size: H710 x W600 x D600mm

427 105 Beech 1 -24 each

427 106 Beech25 - 99 each

427 107 Beech100 - 499 each

427 108 Beech500+ each

Remember your options for your colour choices:

Exam Desk Trolley

Easy to use, this fully welded exam desk trolley holds 25 exam desks and can be wheeled from room to room. The trolley is mounted on rubber wheels, two lockable, and is designed to be pushed from either end.

H Exam Desk Trolley

Size: H995 x W1200 x D610mm

427 095 Choose frame colour each I Exam Pack

Exam desk trolley with 25 desks.

427 094 Beech each

4WK 1YR

Titan Folding Exam Desk

• Up to 50% lighter than traditional wooden-top exam desks

• Graffiti proof - easy wipe-clean tops

• Top manufactured from a one-piece, recyclable, injection-moulded polypropylene with pen groove

• Extra strong, oval, steel frame - complete with snapping lock mechanism that ensures the exam desk will not collapse

• Folds neatly away when not in use

• H 710 x W 600 x D 600mm

Blue 484 726 £47.97each

Charcoal 483 793 £47.97each

Titan Exam Desk Trolley

• Holds up to 40 exam desks (600 x 600mm)

• Durable powder coated (EPC) scratch resistant steel frame

• Heavy duty castors for easy mobility around the school

• Exam desks also available - see 483 793 and 483 726

• H 473 x W 1267 x D 600mm handle to handle is 2140mm 484 727 £261.07each

2WK 5YR

Curve Design Study Carrel

• 18mm solid MDF with a powder coated steel frame

• Choice of carcass and backboard colour finishes

• Perfect for individual learning

• Can reduce distractions

• Delivered fully assembled

• H 1220 x D 700mm. Desk height 760mm.

Single - W 700mm 424 804 £250.58each

Double - W 1400mm 424 807 £330.12each

Remember to choose your colour themes:

2WK 5YR

Folio Study Carrel Single

• 18mm solid MDF with a 2mm impact resistant edging

• Great for individual learning

• Aids concentration

• Available with a choice of edge coloursbeech, red, blue, green, yellow or plum

• Delivered fully assembled

• H 1200 x W 750mm x D 680mm. Desk height 700mm 424 763 £214.41each

MapleBeech Oak Grey White Red

Powder Blue

Jaffa Lilac Lime Plum

4WK 5YR

Square Frame Study Carrel

• 25mm square frame study carrel

• Features top shelf for extra space

• Desk height 600mm

W 800 x D 600mm 429 012 £150.99 each

W 1000 x D 600mm 429 013 £173.86 each

W 1200 x D 600mm 429 014 £192.85 each

W 1400 x D 600mm 429 015 £254.37 each

Height Adjustable Study Carrel - W800mm

• Ideal for individual study

• Manual adjustment with crank handle

•

• Requires some self assembly W

4WK 5YR

Round Frame Study Carrel

• Extra Sturdy chunky frame study carrel

• Features top shelf for extra space

• Desk height 600mm

W 800 x D 600mm 429 008 £172.94 each

W 1000 x D 600mm 429 009 £195.78 each

W 1200 x D 600mm 429 010 £214.87 each

W 1400 x D 600mm 429 011 £265.56 each

4WK

5YR

Electric Height Adjustable Study Carrel

• Create an isolated workspace for users, increasing privacy and concentration

• Electric adjustment

• Height adjustable from 760-1260mm

• Requires some self assembly

W 800 x D 600mm 428 899 £872.23 each

W 1000 x D 600mm 428 900 £899.17 each

W 1200 x D 600mm 428 901 £920.88 each

W 1400 x D 600mm 428 902 £911.61 each

Zown Folding Tables

New and improved range of compact, lightweight tables that fold away for easy storage. Durable all weather, wipe clean, stain and chip resistant one-piece moulded tops. Strong and durable steel underframes and sturdy steels legs with cross braces and locking rings. Tables hold up to 115kg

Height 743mm. 100% pure HDPE not mixed

A Rectangular Folding Tables

427 227 W1220 x D610mm 12kg

427 228 W1530 x D760mm 13kg

427 229 W1830 x D760mm 13.6kg

B Circular Folding Tables

427 230 1530mm Dia. 12kg

427 231 1220mm Dia. 13kg

C Cocktail Table

429 518 H110 x Dia. 81.3mm. 8.4kg

D Square Folding Table

427 408 W914 x D914mm. 12kg

E Fold-in-Half Rectangular Table

427 233 H740 x W1830 x D760mm 15.4kg (open)

H90 x W915 x D750mm (Folded)

F Height Adjustable Folding Table

427 232 H740-940 x W1830 x D760mm 15.4kg

G Universal Table Trolley

427 234 H1830 x W1550 x D850mm

The Universal Table Trolley stores 8 x 1530mm circular t ables, 1 2 x 1220mm circular tables or 1 2 x rectangular ta bles

H Folding Chair

427 235 SH440 x H877 x W451 x D850mm

be

The UK’s favourite folding tables

1

Contour25 Folding Tables

*915(L) x 610mm(W)

*915(L) x 685mm(W)

*915(L) x 760mm(W)

1220(L) x 610mm(W)

1220(L) x 685mm(W)

1220(L) x 760mm(W)

1520(L) x 610mm(W)

1520(L) x 685mm(W)

1520(L) x 760mm(W)

1830(L) x 610mm(W)

244

473 245

1830(L) x 685mm(W)

1830(L) x 760mm(W)

* Not available in 760mm height

•Protective corners

•Strong & lightweight

•Tables fold flat for storage

Contour25 Plus Folding Tables

If you require an extra sturdy lightweight folding table, then Contour25 Plus is for you. This table features enhanced legs for added strength and stability.

*915(L) x 610mm(W)

*915(L) x 685mm(W)

*915(L) x 760mm(W)

1220(L) x 610mm(W)

1220(L) x 685mm(W)

1220(L) x 760mm(W)

1520(L) x 610mm(W)

1520(L) x 685mm(W)

1520(L) x 760mm(W)

1830(L) x 610mm(W)

1830(L) x 685mm(W)

1830(L) x 760mm(W)

* Not available in 760mm height

Round Folding Tables

Easy to fold and simple to store, these round folding tables can be used for many activities, including pre-school, dining, meetings and banqueting.

2

Contour25 Stacking Benches

Robust yet light to handle, Contour25 stacking benches complement the Contour25 folding table range. Can be stacked up to ten high for storage and are a great choice for school dining.

1220(L) x 254mm(W)

1520(L) x 254mm(W) 1830(L) x 254mm(W)

This best selling folding table is ideal for any multi-purpose premises being exceptionally light yet strong and durable. A popular school dining table that can simply folded away after use. Select your stacking bench height

Conforms to BSEN 1729 Part 1

5

Premier Folding Tables

With a strong counter-balanced top and a smart grey polyurethane edge, Premier folding table are strong and durable and an excellent choice for dining, early years and meeting areas within the school. They work equally well for diverse activities offered and undertaken by community groups.

*915(L) x 610mm(W)

*915(L) x 685mm(W)

*915(L) x 760mm(W)

1220(L) x 610mm(W)

1220(L) x 685mm(W)

1220(L) x 760mm(W)

1520(L) x 610mm(W)

1520(L) x 685mm(W)

1520(L) x 760mm(W)

1830(L) x 610mm(W)

1830(L) x 685mm(W)

1830(L) x 760mm(W)

6

Premier Stacking Benches

Storage and Accessories

Designed with space in mind, Gopak trolleys are the ideal storage solution for Gopak folding tables. Safety features include storage straps and locking brake castors. Please check your door dimensions prior to order.

477 823

Large table trolley (holds up to 14 tables)

Small table trolley (holds up to 7 tables)

Round table trolley (holds 6 tables)

Bench Skate Set

Big Foot (pack of 4)

Strong and sturdy, these benches make a space saving alternative to traditional chairs, particularly in a dining room environment. Stacking up to 10 high for storage they complement the Premier folding table range.

497 053

497 054

497 055

1220(L) x 254mm(W) 1520(L) x 254mm(W)

x 254mm(W)

Select your stacking benches height

Move your stack of up to 8 Contour25 or Premier benches with ease using a bench

• Perfect for regular use in Dining Rooms

• Easy to open and close then wheel away and store

• Supplied with 4 locking castors

• 5 year guarantee

• Solid 18mm MDF top with a high pressure laminate

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• Smooth no-slam action

• Superb strength and stability

• Supplied 710mm high as standard with a Silver frame finish

• Designed and constructed to withstand the demands of the modern school and office

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• Supplied with locking castors

• 5 year guarantee

Circular

Supplied

each each

Mobile

Folding

Tables & Benches

Mobile folding tables and benches make it quick and effortless to convert multi-use halls into dining areas without the need for heavy lifting.

• Laminated table top with tough edging and MDF core (water resistant and easy-clean)

• Transport and storage positions

• Choice of two heights primary and secondary (16 seat primary  and Primo Secondary only)

• Fits through standard doorway 1980mm

• Heavy-duty locking castors

• 16 year warranty on welds and mechanism

• Free Gold Service Delivery

A Convertible Bench Unit

• Versatile bench unit ideal for auditorium-style seating and classroom use

• Perfect for dining use when two units are joined together

• Each bench seats between 4–6 children

• 14 table top colours to choose from

503 616 Primary: H685 x W2435 x D730mm each

503 617 Secondary: H735 x W2435 x D730mm each

B Mobile Folding Bench Unit

• Easily accessible through six obstacle free entrances

• Open position safety lock (to ensure table does not revert to folding position)

• Easy-clean intermediate lock for improved  hygiene

• 14 table top colours to choose from

484 317 Primary: H685 x W3080 x D1400mm each

487 698 Secondary: H735 x W3080 x D1400mm each

Primo Mobile Folding Tables

• Designed for use in secondary, higher and further education establishments

• 50mm thick laminated table top

• 3 seat options to choose from

• Adult table height 767mm for Secondary use

• Heavy-duty locking castors

• Free Gold Service Delivery

C 12 Seat Primo Rectangular Table

Dimensions: H767 x W3080 x D1500mm

White Gloss Primo Table

509 643 Stool each

509 642 Seat each

427 150 Full back each

Black Gloss Primo Table

509 645 Stool each

509 644 Seat each

427 149 Full back each

Moderno Oak Primo Table

509 647 Stool each

509 646 Seat each

427 151 Full back each

12 Seat - White Gloss with Seat

Mobile Folding Table

• Open position safety lock to ensure table does not revert to folding position

• 8, 12 and 16 seating options

• Intermediate lock for improved hygiene

• Durable seats are 330mm diameter

• 14 table top colours to choose from

• 11 stool colours to choose from

• Free Gold Service Delivery

D 8 Seat Rectangular

E 12 Seat Rectangular

G 8 Seat Round

*Please note - age ranges are a guide only.

Seat Rectangular 8 Seat Rectangular 8 Seat Round

Cube Table & Benches

•Ideal solution for secondary, higher and further education establishments

• Stylish and modern table and bench design

• Benches store neatly underneath table for space efficient storage

•50mm thick laminated top with white frame

A Cube Table

Dimensions: H767 x W1510 x D610mm

428 119 White each

428 116 Oak each

B Cube Bench Set (includes 2 x benches)

Dimensions: H430 x W1390 x D305mm

428 117 White set

428 114 Oak set

C Cube Set (includes 1 x table, 2 x benches)

Dimensions: Table: H767 x W1510 x D610mm Bench: H430 x W1390 x D305mm

428 118 White set

428 115 Oak set

Fast Fold Rectangular Folding Tables & Benches

• Slimline, space saving tables and benches with a unique folding mechanism that allows the legs to fold neatly into the thinnest frame on the market (Tables = 40mm/Benches = 46mm).

• Exceptionally efficient storage

• 10 tables and 20 benches require only 0.8m2 of space when stored on the trolley

• Steel legs for strength and stability

• Choice of 5 table and bench colours

• 5 year warranty

D Fast Fold Rectangular Tables

Table L1220mm x W685mm

427 141 H460mm each

£141.99

424 668 H530mm each

£141.99

424 669 H635mm each

£141.99

424 670 H710mm each

Table L1830mm x W685mm

£141.99

427 145 H460mm each

£159.93

424 680 H530mm each

£159.93

424 681 H635mm each

£159.93

424 682 H710mm each

E Fast Fold Benches

Bench L1220mm x W305mm

£159.93

427 146 H260mm each

£113.75

424 623 H330mm each

£113.75

424 624 H375mm each

£113.75

424 625 H450mm each

£113.75

Bench L1830mm x W305mm

427 148 H260mm each

£123.87

424 629 H330mm each

£123.87

424 630 H375mm each

£123.87

424 631 H450mm each

F Rectangular Table/Bench Trolley

£123.87

• Designed to accommodate the Fast Fold rectangular tables and benches for transportation and storage

• Holds up to 20 tables, 40 benches, or 10 tables with 20 benches

• Strong locking castors

• Designed to easily fit through doors

424 632

£659.62

Benches store neatly under the table

Callero best sellers by Gratnells

One look at our Callero range tells you this is no ordinary primary classroom storage solution. Of course, Callero boasts all the practical benefits you’d expect from Gratnells, but its sleek design and added safety features means any modern school classroom can now look good as well as stay tidy. They come with both feet and castors to give you the option of frame or trolley. Frames are available in Silver.

Callero makerspace, maker hub & ROVER

by Gratnells

A Callero Rover

Children enjoy carrying out hands-on, practical tasks. Whether this be STEAM, art or another type of creative activity, children need to have adequate space and access to resources to allow them to successfully complete projects. Gratnells Makerspace range offers ideal solutions for hands-on practical activities and storage.

The Gratnells Rover is tough and practical, designed to carry trays indoors and outdoors, over any terrain. Its lightweight, durable frame and large all-terrain wheels make this trolley ideal for forest schools, sports activities or transporting resources for afterschool clubs. A strap helps to secure trays and contents when in use. Provides teachers and learners with all they need, wherever it’s needed.

H1170 x W560 x D760mm 429

B Callero MakerSpace

Gratnells has created an easily manoeuvrable MakerSpace offering ultimate flexibility. Helps collaboration and storage with 12 Shallow and 3 Deep Trays, inserts, hooks, and mini-bins. Promotes independent, student-led learning. Has StopSafe runners for safety.

C Callero MakerHub

The MakerHub promotes collaboration in STEAM activities. It includes double sided magnetic whiteboards and deep trays for easy access. Ideal for group work and student presentations. Creates a flexible teacher hub in the classroom. Has StopSafe runners for safety. H1430mm x W730 x D455mm

Dynamis Range by Gratnells

B Dynamis Low Double Frame Silver frame with 2 braked castors and optional feet and 12 Shallow Trays.

x W735 x D440mm

The Dynamis collection offers flexible, cost-effective storage solutions for any classroom. The collection is compatible with the iconic Gratnells tray range, providing high density static or manoeuvrable storage on a small footprint to maximise learning space. The Dynamis collection is now supplied with StopSafe runners which have a built-in stop for safety. The ABS runners can be individually replaced if needed and allow for more cost-effective and sustainable flat-pack shipping.

SCIENCE RANGE

by Gratnells

Our trolleys are the perfect solution for transporting equipment and chemicals between prep rooms and laboratories. The recessed tops can be used to display resources or demonstrate experiments and are removable for easy cleaning.

At the centre of the education landscape for decades, our Science range continues to be discovered and enjoyed by new generations of users, allowing technicians and teachers to inspire the scientists of tomorrow.

Gratnells science frames compliment our trolley range offering the ultimate solution for storing equipment and chemicals in prep rooms and chemical stores. Using the same runner and tray system, a wide range of storage combinations can be created to optimise any space.

Trays & accessories by

Gratnells

Gratnells award wining trays are specially designed for schools and offer a robust and effective solution to all your storage needs. Available in four different heights and with a range of additional accessories to choose from, these trays are fully compatible with the Gratnells storage system, as well as all other standard school furniture.

Gratnells range of organisational accessories prevent lost learning time and promote student independence.

SortED is a high quality modular in tray divider system designed for busy primary school classrooms and STEAM activities. Removable 1/2, 1/4 and 1/8 dividers for a Gratnells Shallow Tray support a range of individual or group activities. For a Gratnells Deep Tray two layers of division are possible. BioCote Antimicrobial protection as standard. Supplied in a 52pc set, perfect for the full division of 8 Shallow or 4 Deep Trays.

Plastic Tray Inserts

organised with these handy inserts.

Shallow Trays

Empty Tray Storage Units

Our tray units are manufactured from 18mm FSC certified Beech or Maple MFC with 2mm ABS edging. Supplied fully assembled with strong non-marking shatterproof nylon castors (two with locking facility). Built to BS EN 16121:2013 Level 2 British Standard and EU equivalent in respect of strength, durability and stability. Complete with a 5-year warranty.

your

Single & Double Storage Units

Our tray units are manufactured from 18mm FSC certified Beech or Maple MFC with 2mm ABS edging. Supplied fully assembled with strong non-marking shatterproof nylon castors (two with locking facility). Built to BS EN 16121:2013 Level 2 British Standard and EU equivalent in respect of strength, durability and stability. Complete with a 5-year warranty.

Size: H617 x W700 x D453mm 487 446 Beech each

791 Maple each

Triple & Quad Storage Units

Our tray units are manufactured from 18mm FSC certified Beech or Maple MFC with 2mm ABS edging. Supplied fully assembled with strong non-marking shatterproof nylon castors (two with locking facility). Built to BS EN 16121:2013 Level 2 British Standard and EU equivalent in respect of strength, durability and stability. Complete with a 5-year warranty.

Size: H857 x W360 x D453mm

429

Size: H1115 x W1030 x D453mm

Size: H647 x W700 x D453mm

Size: H857 x W1342 x D453mm

429 391 Beech each

Size: H1115 x W1342 x D453mm

429 393 Beech each 429 394 Maple each

429 395 Beech each 429 396 Maple each D 12 Triple Tray Unit (3 Column)

Size: H739 x W360 x D453mm

Size: H739 x W700 x D453mm

Size: H739 x W1342 x D453mm 429 405

Remember your options for your colour choices:

392 Maple each I 6 Quad Tray Unit

429 397 Beech each

Size: H739 x W1030 x D453mm

429 403 Beech each

429 404 Maple each

Premium Shallow Tray Units

All tray units are manufactured in an 18mm solid wood MDF with a bump resistant matching edging.

All Gratnells trays are included in the price and available in a full range of colours.

Manufactured from 18mm solid MDF

Choose from 5 MDF wood finishes

Units come with Gratnells tray A choice of tray colours

Mobile units with lockable castors

Delivered fully assembled

Premium Triple Tray Units

Width 1024mm x Depth 460mm

424 718 615mm High18 Trays

424 719 697mm High21 Trays

424 720 779mm High24 Trays

424 721 861mm High27 Trays

424 722 943mm High30 Trays

Premium Quad Tray Units

Width 1358mm x Depth 460mm

424 734 615mm High24 Trays

424 735 697mm High28 Trays

424 736 779mm High32 Trays

424 737 861mm High36 Trays

424 738 943mm High40 Trays

Premium Single Tray Units

Width 356mm x Depth 460mm

424 706 615mm High6 Trays

424 707 697mm High7 Trays

424 708 779mm High8 Trays

424 709 861mm High9 Trays

424 710 943mm High10 Trays

Premium Double Tray Units

Width 690mm x Depth 460mm

424 711 615mm High12 Trays

424 712 697mm High14 Trays

424 713 779mm High16 Trays

424 714 861mm High18 Trays

424 715 943mm High20 Trays

All units available in 3 wood colours plus grey & white

Premium Deep Tray Units

All tray units are manufactured in an 18mm solid wood MDF with a bump resistant matching edging.

All Gratnells trays are included in the price and available in a full range of colours.

Manufactured from 18mm solid MDF

Choose from 5 MDF wood finishes

Units come with Gratnells tray

A choice of tray colours

Mobile units with lockable castors

Delivered fully assembled

Premium Triple Column Units

Width 1024mm x Depth 460mm

428 041 615mm High9 Trays

427 537 779mm High12 Trays

428 042 1025mm High15 Trays

428 043 1189mm High18 Trays

Premium Quad Column Units

Width 1358mm x Depth 460mm

428 044 615mm High12 Trays

428 045 779mm High16 Trays

428 046 1025mm High20 Trays

428 047 1189mm High24 Trays

Premium Single Column Units

Width 356mm x Depth 460mm

428 033 615mm High3 Trays

428 034 779mm High4 Trays

428 035 1025mm High5 Trays

428 036 1189mm High6 Trays

Premium Double Column Units

Width 690mm x Depth 460mm

428 037 615mm High6 Trays

428 038 779mm High8 Trays

428 039 1025mm High10 Trays

428 040 1189mm High12 Trays

All units available in 3 wood colours plus grey & white

Premium Extra Deep Tray Units

All tray units are manufactured in an 18mm solid wood MDF with a bump resistant matching edging.

All Gratnells trays are included in the price and available in a full range of colours.

Manufactured from 18mm solid MDF

Choose from 5 MDF wood finishes

Units come with Gratnells tray

A choice of tray colours

Mobile units with lockable castors

Delivered fully assembled

Width 1024mm x Depth 460mm

428 054 615mm High6 Trays

424 726 861mm High9 Trays

428 055 1107mm High12 Trays

Extra Deep Tray Triple Static Unit

424 724 1674mm High18 Trays

Premium Triple Column Units

Premium Quad Column Units

Width 1358mm x Depth 460mm

428 056 615mm High8 Trays

424 744 861mm High12 Trays

424 741 1107mm High16 Trays

Premium Single Column Units

Width 356mm x Depth 460mm

428 048 615mm High2 Trays

428 049 861mm High3 Trays

428 051 1107mm High4 Trays

Premium Double Column Units

Width 690mm x Depth 460mm

428 050 615mm High4 Trays

428 052 861mm High6 Trays

428 053 1107mm High8 Trays

All units available in 3 wood colours plus grey & white

Premium Jumbo Tray Units

All tray units are manufactured in an 18mm solid wood MDF with a bump resistant matching edging.

All Gratnells trays are included in the price and available in a full range of colours.

Manufactured from 18mm solid MDF

Choose from 5 MDF wood finishes

Units come with Gratnells tray A choice of tray colours

Mobile units with lockable castors

Delivered fully assembled

Premium Triple Column Units

Width 1024mm x Depth 460mm

Premium Single Column Units

Width 356mm x Depth 460mm

Premium Quad Column Units

All units available in 3 wood colours plus grey & white 428

Width 1107mm x Depth 460mm Premium Double Column Units

Width 690mm x Depth 460mm

All tray units are manufactured in an 18mm solid wood MDF with a bump resistant

All Gratnells trays are included in the price and available in a full range of colours.

10 Tray Combination Quad Column Unit

4 jumbo and 6 deep trays

• Supplied with Gratnells trays

Mobile units with lockable castors

• H 779 x W 861 x D 460mm

Delivered fully assembled

429 114 £227.92each

Premium Triple Tray Units

Width 1024mm x Depth 460mm

6WK 10YR

424 718 615mm High18 Trays

• Supplied with Gratnells trays

• H 779 x W 1358 x D 460mm

429 115

£373.93each

Premium Single Tray Units

Width 356mm x Depth 460mm

6WK 10YR

424 706 615mm High6 Trays

424 719 697mm High21 Trays

14 Tray Combination Triple Column Unit

• 8 shallow, 4 deep and 2 jumbo trays

424 720 779mm High24 Trays

• Supplied with Gratnells trays

• H 779 x W 1024 x D 460mm

424 721 861mm High27 Trays

429 111 £383.07each

6WK 10YR

615mm High24 Trays

25 Tray Combination Triple Column Unit

424 735 697mm High28 Trays

• 4 deep 18 shallow and 3 extra deep trays

• Supplied with Gratnells trays

424 736 779mm High32 Trays

• H 861 x D 1358 x D 460mm

424 737 861mm High36 Trays

429 113 £481.89each

424 738 943mm High40 Trays

424 707 697mm High7 Trays

14 Tray Combination Quad Column Unit

• 8 deep and 6 extra deep trays

424 708 779mm High8 Trays

• Supplied with Gratnells trays

• H 861 x D 1358 x D 460mm

424 709 861mm High9 Trays

424 710 943mm High10 Trays

429 112 £430.98each

Premium Double Tray Units

6WK 10YR

Width 690mm x Depth 460mm

424 711 615mm High12 Trays

10 Tray Combination Quad Column Unit

424 712 697mm High14 Trays

• 6 deep, 4 extra deep trays

• Supplied with Gratnells trays

424 713 779mm High16 Trays

• H 615 x W 1358 x D 460mm

432 208

424 714 861mm High18 Trays

£342.50each

424 715 943mm High20 Trays

Clear

Remember to choose your colour themes:

All units available in 3 wood colours plus grey & white

Maple Beech Oak Grey White

6WK 10YR

12 Tray Combination Quad Unit

• 4 shallow, 4 deep and 4 jumbo trays

• Supplied with Gratnells trays

• H 697 x W 1358 x D 460mm

429 108

£409.67each

6WK 10YR

9 Tray Combination Triple Column Unit

• 3 shallow, 3 deep and 3 jumbo trays

• Supplied with Gratnells trays

• H 697 x W 1024 x D 460mm

429 107 £310.21each

6WK 10YR

24 Tray Half Cupboard

• Wooden MDF tray units are the perfect storage solution for any school or workplace

• 18mm MDF wood available in five finishes

• Large storage cupboard with 4 open shelves at the top and houses 24 shallow trays below

• H 1510 x W 1204 x D 460mm

• 24 Tray Half Cupboard

• Locking doors over shelves, open fronted trays

429 105 £561.33each

• 24 Tray Locking Cupboard

• Full length locking doors

429 106

£612.23each

6WK 10YR

12 Tray Combination Triple Column Unit

• 3 shallow, 3 deep, 3 extra deep and 3 jumbo trays

• Supplied with Gratnells trays

• H 943 x W 1024 x D 460mm

429 109

£398.30each

6WK 10YR

16 Tray Combination Quad Column Unit

• 4 shallow, 4 deep, 4 extra deep and 4 jumbo trays

• Supplied with Gratnells trays

• H 943 x W 1358 x D 460mm

429 110

£474.93each

Wooden Tray Units

• Choose from a wide range of storage tray unit sizes

• Unit supplied fully assembled with castors as standard

• The perfect storage solution for the modern classroom environment

• Supplied with an 18mm Beech MFC carcass

• Compatible with single trays (sold separately)

• 2 year guarantee

KubbyClass® Tray Units

KubbyClass® Single Column Units

Width 362mm x Depth 460mm Units with Trays

429 569 707mm High6 Trays

429 570 877mm High8 Trays

429 571 1047mm High10 Trays

KubbyClass® Triple Column Units

Width 1050mm x Depth 460mm Units with Trays

429 575 707mm High18 Trays

429 576 877mm High24 Trays

429 577 1047mm High30 Trays

KubbyClass® Double Column Units

Width 706mm x Depth 462mm Units with Trays

429 572 707mm High12 Trays

429 573 877mm High16 Trays

429 574 1047mm High20 Trays

KubbyClass® Quad Column Units

Width 1394mm x Depth 462mm Units with Trays

429 578 707mm High24 Trays

429 579 877mm High32 Trays

429 580 1047mm High40 Trays

KubbyClass® Storage Cubes

Width 1000mm x Depth 350mm

429 581 750mm High6 Spaces

429 582 1000mm High6 Spaces

429 583 1250mm High9 Spaces

429 584 1500mm High12 Trays

Premium Tray Cupboards

Premium versatile cupboards made from 18mm solid wood MDF. All Gratnells trays are included in the price and available in a full range of colours. All units are delivered fully assembled and ready to use.

Premium 21 Tray Cupboard

H1838 x W1024 x D480mm

Premium 36 Tray Cupboard

H1674 x W1024 x D460mm

Premium 24 Tray Cupboard H1510 x W1024 x D460mm

Premium 40 Tray

H1831 x W690 x D460mm

Premium 60 Tray H1831 x W1024 x D460mm

Premium 20 Tray Cupboard

H1838 x W1024 x D480mm

• 20 shallow Gratnells trays, 1 fixed and 4 adj. shelves

All units available in 3 wood colours plus grey & white

Tray Cupboard Units & Cupboards

Our cupboards are manufactured from 18mm FSC certified Beech, Maple or white MFC with 2mm ABS edging. Supplied fully assembled with lockable doors and adjustable shelves. Built to BS EN 16121:2013 Level 2 British Standard and EU equivalent in respect of strength, durability, and stability. Complete with a 5-year warranty.

A 20 Tray Cupboard

Size: H1810 x W1022 x D485mm

429 899 Beech each

429 409 Maple each 429 410 White each

D 40 Tray Cupboard

Size: H1810 x W690 x D485mm

429 902 Beech each

429 415 Maple each

429 416 White each

G Stock Cupboard with 1 adjustable shelf

Size: H900 x W1024 x D477mm

429 904 Beech each

429 419 Maple each

429 420 White each

B 21 Tray Cupboard

Size: H1810 x W1022 x D485mm

429 900 Beech each

429 411 Maple each

429 412 White each

E 60 Tray Cupboard

Size: H1810 x W1030 x D485mm

429 903 Beech each

429 417 Maple each

429 418 White each

H Stock Cupboard with 1 Fixed & 2 Adjustment Shelves

Size: H1018 x W1024 x D477mm

423 065 Beech each

423 066 Maple each

423 067 White each

J Stock Cupboard with 1 Fixed & 2 Adjustable Shelves

Size: H1518 x W1024 x D477mm

423 071 Beech each

423 072 Maple each 423 073 White each

C 36 Tray Cupboard

Size: H1376 x W1022 x D453mm

429 901 Beech each

429 413 Maple each 429 414 White each

F Stock Cupboard with 2 adjustable shelves

Size: H768 x W1024 x D477mm

423 062 Beech each

423 063 Maple each

423 064 White each

I Stock Cupboard with 1 Fixed & 2 Adjustment Shelves

Size: H1268 x W1024 x D477mm

423 068 Beech each

423 069 Maple each

423 070 White each

K Stock Cupboard with 1 Fixed & 4 Adjustable Shelves

Size: H1818 x W1024 x D477mm

423 074

423 075

076

Monarch PremiumTM Range

The Premium Range™ provides a sleek, fitted furniture look from individual pieces. This range is available in contemporary White and Grey finishes where vibrant coloured trays can run smoothly on plastic Monarch Runners™. Manufactured from 18mm FSC certified MFC in either white or grey with 2mm ABS edging.

A 6 Single Tray Unit

Size: H617 x W363 x D475mm

428 316 Castors each

424 683 Plinth each

428 317 Castors & Doors each

424 684 Plinth & Doors each

D 16 Single Tray Unit

Size: H789 x W704 x D475mm

428 322 Castors each

424 689 Plinth each

428 323 Castors & Doors each

424 690 Plinth & Doors each

G 6 Single Tray Unit & 2

Adjustable Shelves

Size: H617 x W1045 x D475mm

428 331 Castors each

424 695 Plinth each

428 332 Castors & Doors each

424 696 Plinth & Doors each

Remember your options for your colour choices:

B 8 Single Tray Unit

Size: H789 x W363 x D475mm

428 318 Castors each

424 685 Plinth each

428 319 Castors & Doors each

424 686 Plinth & Doors each

E 18 Single Tray Unit

Size: H617 x W1045 x D475mm

428 324 Castors each

424 691 Plinth each

428 325 Castors & Doors each

424 692 Plinth & Doors each

H 8 Single Tray Unit & 2

Adjustable Shelves (Not Shown)

Size: H789 x W1045 x D475mm

428 329 Castors each

424 697 Plinth each

428 330 Castors & Doors each

424 698 Plinth & Doors each

C 12 Single Tray Unit

Size: H617 x W704 x D475mm

428 320 Castors each

424 687 Plinth each

428 321 Castors & Doors each

424 688 Plinth & Doors each

F 24 Single Tray Unit

Size: H789 x W1045 x D475mm

428 326 Castors each

424 693 Plinth each

428 327 Castors & Doors each

424 694 Plinth & Doors each

I 21 Single Tray Storage Cupboard and 2 Adjustable Shelves

Not available with castors or without door

Size: H1818 x W1045 x D475mm

428 328 Plinth & Doors each

Bookcase Range

Our bookcases are manufactured from 18mm FSC certified Beech, Maple or white MFC with 2mm ABS edging. Supplied fully assembled. Built to BS EN 16121:2013 Level 2 British Standard and EU equivalent in respect of strength, durability and stability. Complete with a 5-year warranty. A

SEND Range

Our NEW SEND range has been developed to meet the storage needs for this specialised learning environment. Manufactured from 18mm Grey MFC. Black plastic handles are utilised for a safer environment and assist children with impaired vision. Mobile units are supplied with strong nonmarking shatterproof nylon castors (two with locking facility). All with a load capacity of 20kg with a twin wheeled and hooded construction. Engineered to fit to a reinforced steel plate fixed to the underside of the unit for better performance and greater durability!

451 Grey

453 Grey

Remember your options for your colour choices:

A Sloping tray mobile unit semi enclosed

Size: H1387 x W1387 x D500mm

449 Grey

C 18 single tray mobile unit

Size: H580 x W1046 x D500mm

E 24 single tray mobile unit

Size: H580 x W1387 x D500mm

B Sloping tray mobile unit with doors

Size: H900 x W1387 x D500mm

D 18 single tray mobile unit with doors

Size: H580 x W1046 x D520mm

F 24 single tray mobile unit with doors

Size: H580 x W1387 x D520mm

SEND Range

Our NEW SEND range has been developed to meet the storage needs for this specialised learning environment. Manufactured from 18mm Grey MFC. Black plastic handles are utilised for a safer environment and assist children with impaired vision. Mobile units are supplied with strong nonmarking shatterproof nylon castors (two with locking facility). All with a load capacity of 20kg with a twin wheeled and hooded construction. Engineered to fit to a reinforced steel plate fixed to the underside of the unit for better performance and greater durability!

G 10 compartment bag storage unit

Size: H1870 x W800 x D400mm

432 455 Grey each

I 12 compartment bag storage unit with doors

Size: H1870 x W1200 x D520mm

432 457 Grey each

K 28 compartment pigeon hole unit

Size: H1870 x W1070 x D450mm

432 459 Grey each

Remember your options for your colour choices:

H 10 compartment bag storage unit with doors

Size: H1870 x W1000 x D520mm 432 456 Grey each

J 12 compartment bag storage unit

Size: H1870 x W1200 x D500mm

432 458 Grey each

L High 24 single tray mobile unit with lower shelves and full doors

Size: H1500 x W1046 x D520mm

432 460 Grey each

M Teachers caddy with lockable top and doors

Size: H1143 x W600 x D600mm

461 Grey each

Premium Bookcases

The Britannia Bookcase Range is manufactured in 18mm, solid wood MDF with a bump resistant matching edge. All bookcases have fully adjustable shelves & are available in 4 heights. Delivered fully assembled.

H900mm Bookcase W400mm x D300mm

H900mm Bookcase

H900mm Bookcase

H1200mm Bookcase W400mm x D300mm

Bookcase

Bookcase

H1500mm Bookcase W400mm x D300mm

Bookcase

Bookcase

H1800mm Bookcase W400mm x D300mm

Bookcase

Bookcase

All units available in 3 wood colours plus grey & white

Premium Quality Cupboards

Manufactured from 18mm solid MDF

Choose from 5 MDF wood finishes

Lockable doors

10 years manufacturer’s warranty

A. 1 x fixed & 2 adjustable shelves H1200mm x W1000mm x D480mm

427 529 Static

B. 1 x fixed & 2 adjustable shelves H1500mm x W1000mm x D480mm

427 528 Static

D. 1 x adjustable shelf H600mm x W1000mm x D480mm

Delivered fully assembled 427 532 Static

E. 1 x adjustable shelf H900mm x W1000mm x D480mm

427 530 Static 428 064 Mobile

C. 1 x fixed & 4 adjustable shelves H1800mm x W1000mm x D480mm

427 527 Static

F. 1 x adjustable shelf H750mm x W1000mm x D480mm

427 531 Static 428 063 Mobile

Premium Paper Storage

Paper Storage Waterfall

H1360mm x W1006mm x D685mm

429 600

Fixed Shelf

A2 Paper Storage

W542mm x D705mm

424 751 H706mm 5 Shelf

424 752 H1347mm 10 Shelf

Delivered fully assembled Fitted with locking castors Static units available on request

A1 Mobile Planchest

Metal handles & runners W1010mm x D705mm

424 745 H706mm5 Drw

424 746 H867mm6 Drw

424 747 H1107mm 8 Drw

424 748 H1347mm 10 Drw

Fixed Shelf A4 or A3

Paper Storage

A4: W260mm x D335mm

A3: W350mm x D460mm

428 065 H706mm 5 Sh A4

428 066 H1347mm 10 Sh A4

424 753 H706mm 5 Sh A3

424 754 H1347mm 10 Sh A3

Fixed Shelf A1 Paper Storage W1010mm x D705mm

424 749 H706mm 5 Sh

424 750 H1347mm10 Sh

Storage W1010mm x D705mm or

Fitted with metal runners

Delivered fully assembled Fitted with locking castors

Sliding Shelf

A1 Paper

429 546 H706mm 5 Sh

429 547 H867mm 6 Sh

429 548 H1107mm 8 Sh

429 549 H1347mm 10 Sh

Wall Art.

Surface graphics for walls, floors and windows.

‘’The wall art has been warmly received and spoken of positively by staff, pupils and parents. We highly recommend.’’

Wilbury Junior

Bring the curriculum to life. From inspirational images and memorable quotations, to periodic tables or historic timelines, we’ll help you find the right approach.

Get in touch with Customer Services today

Premium Triple Tray Units

Width 1024mm x Depth 460mm

424 718 615mm High18 Trays

424 719 697mm High21 Trays

6WK 10YR

424 720 779mm High24 Trays

The Cupboard Wall

424 721 861mm High27 Trays

424 722 943mm High30 Trays

• The Cupboard Wall provides the ideal storage solution

• There are 4 top cupboards, 4 middle cupboards & 4 floor cupboards

• 18mm MDF wood available in five finishes

• H 2100 x W 4080 x D 480mm

429 117

6WK 10YR

£3800.96each

The Storage Wall with 72 Trays

• The Storage Wall provides a variety of storage solutions & includes 4 top cupboards, two middle cupboards, two middle tray units, two floor cupboards & two floor standing tray units

Premium Quad Tray Units

Premium Single Tray Units

Width 356mm x Depth 460mm

424 706 615mm High6 Trays

424 707 697mm High7 Trays

424 708 779mm High8 Trays

424 709 861mm High9 Trays

424 710 943mm High10 Trays

Premium Double Tray Units

Width 1358mm x Depth 460mm

• This unit comes with 24 Gratnells deep trays & 48 Gratnells shallow trays in a variety of colour options

Width 690mm x Depth 460mm

• 18mm MDF wood available in five finishes

424 734 615mm High24 Trays

424 711 615mm High12 Trays

• Your storage wall can be colour coordinated to your surroundings

424 735 697mm High28 Trays

424 736 779mm High32 Trays

• Option of additional locks for security and safekeeping if required

• H 2100 x W 4080 x D 480mm

424 737 861mm High36 Trays

429 116

424 738 943mm High40 Trays

£3949.03each

424 712 697mm High14 Trays

424 713 779mm High16 Trays

424 714 861mm High18 Trays

424 715 943mm High20 Trays

Remember to choose your colour themes:

All units available in 3 wood colours plus grey & white Clear

Maple Beech Oak Grey White

Teaching Walls

Includes 2 x sliding whiteboard doors

Includes all trays

4 Metres Wide OneStore 2.0 H2100mm x W4000mm x D600mm

427 738 non-locking

427 739 locking

4

427 740 non-locking

427 741 locking

Installation per wall (if required) - Approximately one day

Please con rm this before ordering as this may vary depending on your location.

Note: Screens not included and installation of screens not included

427 744 approx. one day incl. travelling

5 Metres Wide OneStore 1.0 H2100mm x W5000mm x D600mm

427 742 non-locking

427 743 locking

The Teaching Wall is designed for Teachers and classrooms by creating an ordered room with storage space

Modular in its assembly, this teaching wall can be made into any required configuration.

• Made from 18mm solid MDF, with a 10-year guarantee

• Supplied with 24 deep or 48 shallow Gratnells storage trays

• Generous cupboard and shelving storage

• Central area of focus that can house an interactive whiteboard (whiteboard not supplied)

• 2 sliding, soft-close, whiteboard doors

• Incorporated desk with a removable back panel inside a low cupboard for access to data and power ports

Bespoke sizes can also be easily made, please contact us to discuss your requirements. Talk to your local representative to discuss bespoke sizes & colour requirements.

Teachers desk

KubbyClass® Library

KubbyClass® library furniture is a superior quality range of furniture that is manufactured in a solid wood 18mm MDF and delivered fully assembled. Featuring safety shelves that can’t be removed by accident, rounded corners for safe play and available in Maple with a range of 12 bright and modern colour accents. Supported by a full 10 year guarantee.

Need help designing your own library? Then contact us for further details. We can create the best reading environment for your budget. Contact us for wood samples.

KubbyClass® 750mm Wide Bookcase W750mm x D350mm

509 712 H750mm

509 713 H1000mm

509 714 H1250mm

509 715 H1500mm

509 716 H1750mm

509 717 H2000mm

KubbyClass® Double Sided Bookcase W750mm x D676mm

509 736 H750mm

509 737 H1000mm

509 738 H1250mm

509 739 H1500mm

509 740 H1750mm

509 741 H2000mm

KubbyClass® Library End Bookcases Left or Right Units W350mm x D350mm

509 730 Left H750mm

509 724 Right H750mm

509 731 Left H1000mm

509 725 Right H1000mm

509 732 Left H1250mm

509 726 Right H1250mm

509 733 Left H1500mm

509 727 Right H1500mm

509 734 Left H1750mm

509 728 Right H1750mm

509 735 Left H2000mm

509 729 Right H2000mm

KubbyClass® Slimline Bookcase W500mm x D350mm

509 718 H750mm

509 719 H1000mm

509 720 H1250mm

509 721 H1500mm

509 722 H1750mm

509 723 H2000mm

KubbyClass® Reading Nook H1500mm x W1000mm x

509 761 Reading Nook

509 762 Seat Pad

509 763 Back Pad

KubbyClass® D-End Cap Bookcase W676mm x D350mm

509 742 H750mm

509 743 H1000mm

509 744 H1250mm

509 745 H1500mm

509 746 H1750mm

509 747 H2000mm

KubbyClass® Library Seat

KubbyClass® Internal Corner Bookcase W600mm x D600mm

429 550 H750mm

429 551 H1000mm

429 552 H1250mm

429 553 H1500mm

429 554 H1750mm

429 555 H2000mm

KubbyClass® Archway H1500mm x W1000mm x D676mm

KubbyClass® Double Hideaway Nook Set

H1250mm x W2100mm x D676mm

1 x double hideaway nook, 2 x end cap bookcases and 1 x floormat

427 745 Double Nook Set

KubbyClass® Junior Curved Bookcases W1200mm x D676mm

428 067 750mm High

428 068 1000mm High

428 069 1250mm High

428 070 1500mm High

KubbyClass® Single Hideaway Nook Set H1250mm x W1700mm x D676mm

1 x single hideaway nook, 2 x end cap bookcases and 1 x floormat

427 746 Single Nook Set

KubbyClass® Double Sided Bookcase Island with Centre Seat W2500mm x D2500mm

3 x double sided bookcases, 2 x end cap bookcases and 1 x centre seat

429 560 750mm High

429 561 1000mm High

429 562 1250mm High

429 563 1500mm High

KubbyClass® Book Trees H1500mm x W900mm x D320mm

427 750 Triangular Fir Tree

427 749 Oval Beech Tree

KubbyClass®

KubbyClass® Tree Island H1800mm x W1000mm - Seat: H400mm

427 752 Round 1m Diameter

429 601 Square 1m Square

KubbyClass® Double Tree Bench H1800mm x W1000mm - Seat: H400mm

429 564 Double Tree Bench

KubbyClass® Low Book Browser H420mm x D500mm

429 566 SingleW400mm 427 884 Double W750mm

KubbyClass® Reading Bench Set H750mm x W2734mm x D350mm 2 x 750mm bookcases, 1 x reading bench with seat pad, 3 x soft cube seats.

427 754 Reading Bench Set

KubbyClass® Reading Corner Set

H500mm x W1700mm x D1700mm

427 753 with vinyl seating

429 567 without seating

KubbyClass® Reading Nook Set

H1500mm x W2700mm x D676mm

1 x reading nook with seat & back pad, 2 x slimline bookcases, 2 x corner bookcases

427 747 Reading Nook Set

KubbyClass® Display & Browse Set

H1250mm x W2250mm x D350mm

3 x MDF bookcases, 2 x roll out book boxes, 2 x angled display shelves

429 568 Display & Browse Set

KubbyClass® Display & Browse with Seating

H1250mm x W2250mm x D350mm

3 x MDF bookcases, 2 x roll out book boxes, 2 x angled display shelves, 6 bean pod seats.

427 748 Includes seating

KubbyClass® Library Wall Set

H1500mm x W1450mm x D350mm

1 x 1500mm bookcases, 1 x 1500mm left cap bookcase, 1 right end cap bookcase

427 751 Library Wall Set

Book Trolleys

150Kg UDL Capacity Book Trolleys

Book Trolleys

•Single and double sided book trolleys suitable for use within libraries, classrooms, laboratories etc.

•Single sided units are produced with flat shelves, double sided units have angled shelves.

150Kg UDL Capacity Book Trolleys

•Available with two or three tiers.

•Strong and robust all steel construction.

•Single and double sided book trolleys suitable for use within libraries, classrooms, laboratories etc.

•150Kg uniformly distributed load (U.D.L.) capacity.

•Single sided units are produced with flat shelves, double sided units have angled shelves.

•Available with two or three tiers.

•Shelves are finished in a cream epoxy powder coat with a choice of four frame colours: blue, red, green or yellow.

•Each trolley is fitted with four 100mm diameter swivel castors and grey non-marking tyres.

•Strong and robust all steel construction.

•150Kg uniformly distributed load (U.D.L.) capacity.

•Shelves are finished in a cream epoxy powder coat with a choice of four frame colours: blue, red, green or yellow.

•Each trolley is fitted with four 100mm diameter swivel castors and grey non-marking tyres.

A.Two Tier Double Sided940 x 840 x 470185 / 655 508817508818508819508820

B.Three Tier Double Sided1265 x 840 x 470185 / 600 / 1020 508825508826508827508828

C.Two Tier Single Sided940 x 840 x 390185 / 580 508813508814508815508816

A.Two Tier Double Sided940 x 840 x 470185 / 655 508817508818508819508820

D.Three Tier Single Sided1265 x 840 x 390185 / 540 / 895 508821508822508823508824

B.Three Tier Double Sided1265 x 840 x 470185 / 600 / 1020 508825508826508827508828

C.Two Tier Single Sided940 x 840 x 390185 / 580 508813508814508815508816

D.Three Tier Single Sided1265 x 840 x 390185 / 540 / 895 508821508822508823508824

250Kg UDL Capacity Book Trolleys

•Double sided, heavy duty book trolley suitable for use within libraries, classrooms, laboratories etc.

250Kg UDL Capacity Book Trolleys

•Strong and robust tubular steel frame construction with sheet steel angled shelves.

•Finished in a choice of four colours: Blue, Red, Green and Yellow.

•Double sided, heavy duty book trolley suitable for use within libraries, classrooms, laboratories etc.

•250Kg uniformly distributed load (U.D.L.) capacity.

•Strong and robust tubular steel frame construction with sheet steel angled shelves.

•Finished in a choice of four colours: Blue, Red, Green and Yellow.

•Each trolley is fitted with four 125mm diameter swivel castors and non-marking tyres.

•250Kg uniformly distributed load (U.D.L.) capacity.

•Each trolley is fitted with four 125mm diameter swivel castors and non-marking tyres.

E.Three Tier Double Sided1115 x 880 x 550345

E.Three Tier Double Sided1115 x 880 x 550345 508829508830508831508832

A GO2+ Case - 6 Devices up to 15.6”

Size: H480 x W500 x D360mm

427 102 each

D Lyte 10 Multi Door - 10 Devices up to 15.6”

Size: H1010 x W540 x D525mm

509 252 each

B DeskCabby - 16 Devices up to 12.9”

Size: H355 x W535 x D403mm

427 103 each

E Lyte 10 Single Door - 10 Devices up to 15.6”

Size: H720 x W540 x D525mm

509 247 each

F Lyte 16 Multi Door - 16 Devices up to 15.6”

Size: H1100 x W540 x D525mm (Not Shown)

509 249 each

C Lyte Wall - 10 Devices up to 11” Size: H1025 x W530 x D185mm

G UniCabby 20H - 20 Devices up to 14”

Size: H1180 x W620 x D510mm

583 each

H UniCabby 32H - 32 Devices up to 14”

Size: H1010 x W950 x D510mm (Not Shown)

584 each

In Charge Laptop Charging Units

Students and teaching staff need never suffer a flat battery again. Laptop Charging Units not only provide secure storage for valuable laptops, PC tablets and notebooks but also in-built recharging facilities.

● Available in single, five and ten door configurations

● Doors and side panel are perforated for ventilation

● UKCA certified

● All doors are independently earthed to the locker body

● Single three-pin socket fitted in each compartment

● Choice of door colours with ActiveCoat protection

● Specify door colour at time of order

IN CHARGE LAPTOP CHARGING UNITS

499 342 1800 x 450 x 450Single door with 10 sockets

Power lead is supplied with fitted RCD plug

499 343 1800 x 450 x 45010 doors with 10 socketsB

499 344 930 x 450 x 4505 door with 5 sockets C

499 345 930 x 450 x 450Single door with 5 socketsN/A

Laptop Storage Lockers

● 15 compartment locker with 15 doors each with its own key-operated lock

● Single door locker version allows access to all 15 compartments under one key

● Both lockers store laptops WITHOUT carry cases

● Specify door colour at time of order

Remember your options: Specify door colour at time of order.

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Single Door Metal Lockers for Key Stage 3

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground floor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock fitting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

● Single Door Lockers 300mm and 450mm deep, fitted with hat shelf and double coat hook. Rail as standard on 450mm deep lockers.

Single Door Locker with Key Lock

-Supplied with 2 keys

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice £

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 472 735

Nest of 2 472 736

Nest of 3 472 737

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 738

Nest of 2 472 739

Nest of 3 472 740

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 472 741

Nest of 2 472 742

£78.91

£139.67

£196.24

£90.56

£154.68

£225.20

£110.62

£189.99

Single Door Locker with Padlock Fitting

-Padlock not supplied

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 534

Nest of 2 483 535

Nest of 3 483 536

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 537

Nest of 2 483 538

Nest of 3 483 539

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 540 Nest of 2 483 541

£78.91

£139.67

£196.24

£90.56

£154.68

£225.20

£110.62

£189.99

Remember your options:

FREE site survey and design service

We provide a FREE OF CHARGE site survey, planning and design service to provide the most suitable products and storage solution for your requirements.

Using our site survey service means you can speed up installation, prevent hazardous situations from occuring and reduce costs. The assessment includes looking at floor conditions, service ducting, column, door and window locations.

Correct installation is as important as correct product specification.

Our specialist fitters have the knowledge and expertise to complete installation work efficiently and with the minimum of disruption to other site facilities. We ensure installations are completed within agreed time frames.

A quotation is available on request.

Please contact Customer Service to arrange a site survey.

Available in nested cost-effective units

Lockers can be supplied in multiple units, for cost-effective and easy selection, delivery and installation.

Nest of 3 Nest of 2 Nest of 1

3Warranty YRS

The latest DAD technology is used to create your design

Two Door Metal Lockers for Key Stage 3

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground floor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock fitting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

● Two Door lockers fitted with double coat hook in each compartment.

Two Door Locker with Key Lock

-Supplied with 2 keys

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 472 743

Nest of 2 472 744

Nest of 3 472 745

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 746

Nest of 2 472 747

Nest of 3 472 748

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 472 749

Nest of 2 472 750

£86.66

£151.68

£222.76

£100.05

£172.71

£247.29

£117.67

£208.33

Two Door Locker with Padlock Fitting

-Padlock not supplied

FREE site survey and design service

We provide a FREE OF CHARGE site survey, planning and design service to provide the most suitable products and storage solution for your requirements.

Using our site survey service means you can speed up installation, prevent hazardous situations from occuring and reduce costs. The assessment includes looking at floor conditions, service ducting, column, door and window locations.

Correct installation is as important as correct product specification.

Our specialist fitters have the knowledge and expertise to complete installation work efficiently and with the minimum of disruption to other site facilities. We ensure installations are completed within agreed time frames.

A quotation is available on request.

Please contact Customer Service to arrange a site survey.

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 542

Nest of 2 483 543

Nest of 3 483 544

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 545

Nest of 2 483 546

Nest of 3 483 547

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 548

Nest of 2 483 549

£86.66

£151.68

£222.76

£100.05

£172.71

£247.29

£117.67

£208.33

Available in nested cost-effective units

Lockers can be supplied in multiple units, for cost-effective and easy selection, delivery and installation.

your options: Specify door

at time of order.

Nest of 1Nest of 2 Nest of 3

The latest DAD technology is used to create your design

Three Door Metal Lockers for Key Stage 3

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground floor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock fitting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

Three Door Locker with Key Lock -Supplied with 2 keys

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 472 751

Nest of 2 472 752

Nest of 3 472 753

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 754

Nest of 2 472 755

Nest of 3 472 756

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 550

Nest of 2 483 551

£104.37

£184.32

£266.02

£116.36

£207.65

£298.24

£137.71

£246.01

Three Door Locker with Padlock Fitting -Padlock not supplied

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 663

Nest of 2 483 552

Nest of 3 483 553

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 554

Nest of 2 483 555

Nest of 3 483 556

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 557

Nest of 2 483 558

£104.37

£184.32

£266.02

£116.36

£207.65

£298.24

£137.71

£246.01

Remember your options: Specify

FREE site survey and design service

We provide a FREE OF CHARGE site survey, planning and design service to provide the most suitable products and storage solution for your requirements.

Using our site survey service means you can speed up installation, prevent hazardous situations from occuring and reduce costs. The assessment includes looking at floor conditions, service ducting, column, door and window locations.

Correct installation is as important as correct product specification.

Our specialist fitters have the knowledge and expertise to complete installation work efficiently and with the minimum of disruption to other site facilities. We ensure installations are completed within agreed time frames.

A quotation is available on request. Please contact Customer Service to arrange a site survey.

Available in nested cost-effective units

Lockers can be supplied in multiple units, for cost-effective and easy selection, delivery and installation.

Nest of 1Nest of 2 Nest of 3

The latest DAD technology is used to create your design

Four Door Metal Lockers for Key Stage 3

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground floor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock fitting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

Four Door Locker with Key Lock -Supplied with 2 keys

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 472 757

Nest of 2 472 758

Nest of 3 472 759

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 760

Nest of 2 472 761

Nest of 3 472 762

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 559

Nest of 2 483 560

£113.13

£200.72

£290.05

£125.54

£225.20

£323.99

£149.03

£262.46

Four Door Locker with Padlock Fitting -Padlock not supplied

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 561

Nest of 2 483 562

Nest of 3 483 563

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 564

Nest of 2 483 565

Nest of 3 483 566

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 567

Nest of 2 483 568

£113.13

£200.72

£290.05

£125.54

£225.20

£323.99

£149.03

£262.46

Remember your options: Specify

FREE site survey and design service

We provide a FREE OF CHARGE site survey, planning and design service to provide the most suitable products and storage solution for your requirements.

Using our site survey service means you can speed up installation, prevent hazardous situations from occuring and reduce costs. The assessment includes looking at floor conditions, service ducting, column, door and window locations.

Correct installation is as important as correct product specification.

Our specialist fitters have the knowledge and expertise to complete installation work efficiently and with the minimum of disruption to other site facilities. We ensure installations are completed within agreed time frames.

A quotation is available on request.

Please contact Customer Service to arrange a site survey.

Nest of 1Nest of 2 Nest of 3

Available in nested cost-effective units

Lockers can be supplied in multiple units, for cost-effective and easy selection, delivery and installation.

The latest DAD technology is used to create your design

Five Door Metal Lockers for Key Stage 3

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground floor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock fitting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

Five Door Locker with Key Lock -Supplied with 2 keys

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 569

Nest of 2 483 570

Nest of 3 483 571

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 572

Nest of 2 483 573

Nest of 3 483 574

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 575

Nest of 2 483 576

H x W x D

£122.46

£223.55

£326.87

£141.75

£245.86

£358.29

£164.07

£295.76

Five Door Locker with Padlock Fitting -Padlock not supplied

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 577

Nest of 2 483 578

Nest of 3 483 579

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 580

Nest of 2 483 581

Nest of 3 483 582

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 583

Nest of 2 483 584

£122.46

£223.55

£326.87

£141.75

£245.86

£358.29

£164.07

£295.76

FREE site survey and design service

We provide a FREE OF CHARGE site survey, planning and design service to provide the most suitable products and storage solution for your requirements.

Using our site survey service means you can speed up installation, prevent hazardous situations from occuring and reduce costs. The assessment includes looking at floor conditions, service ducting, column, door and window locations.

Correct installation is as important as correct product specification.

Our specialist fitters have the knowledge and expertise to complete installation work efficiently and with the minimum of disruption to other site facilities. We ensure installations are completed within agreed time frames.

A quotation is available on request.

Please contact Customer Service to arrange a site survey.

Available in nested cost-effective units

Lockers can be supplied in multiple units, for cost-effective and easy selection, delivery and installation.

Remember your options:

The latest DAD technology is used to create your design

Six Door Metal Lockers for Key Stage 3

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground floor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock fitting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

Six Door Locker with Key Lock -Supplied with 2 keys

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 472 769

Nest of 2 472 770

Nest of 3 472 771

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 772

Nest of 2 472 773

Nest of 3 472 774

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 585

Nest of 2 483 586

£134.44

£246.37

£357.10

£150.78

£267.98

£395.04

£170.47

£318.23

Six Door Locker with Padlock Fitting -Padlock not supplied

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 664

Nest of 2 483 665

Nest of 3 483 666

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 667

Nest of 2 483 668

Nest of 3 483 669

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 670

Nest of 2 483 671

£134.44

£246.37

£357.10

£150.78

£267.98

£395.04

£170.47

£318.23

Remember your options: Specify

FREE site survey and design service

We provide a FREE OF CHARGE site survey, planning and design service to provide the most suitable products and storage solution for your requirements.

Using our site survey service means you can speed up installation, prevent hazardous situations from occuring and reduce costs. The assessment includes looking at floor conditions, service ducting, column, door and window locations.

Correct installation is as important as correct product specification.

Our specialist fitters have the knowledge and expertise to complete installation work efficiently and with the minimum of disruption to other site facilities. We ensure installations are completed within agreed time frames.

A quotation is available on request.

Please contact Customer Service to arrange a site survey.

Available in nested cost-effective units

Lockers can be supplied in multiple units, for cost-effective and easy selection, delivery and installation.

The latest DAD technology is used to create your design

Three-quarter height Lockers for Key Stage 2

At 1382mm high these lockers are easily accessible to the younger secondary school children.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock fitting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

SINGLE DOOR LOCKER - Locker A

H x W x D mmNesting

1382 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 589

Nest of 2 508 033

Nest of 3 508 034

1382 x 380 x 450 Nest of 1 483 590

Nest of 2 508 035

1382 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 591

Nest of 2 508 036

THREE DOOR LOCKER - Locker B

H x W x D

1382 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 592

Nest of 2 508 037

Nest of 3 508 038

1382 x 380 x 450 Nest of 1 483 593

Nest of 2 508 039

1382 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 594

Nest of 2 508 040

Delivery & Pricing

Lockers are fitted with a key lock as standard, supplied with 2 keys.

A padlock fitting (padlock not included) can be fitted as an alternative to a deadlock at no extra cost. Please specify at time of order.

Half height lockers can be supplied with sloping tops. These prevent litter being left on locker tops and makes their cleaning easier. Please call to find out more.

Single door locker has a fixed garment hanging rail with two coat hooks.

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground floor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

Cube Lockers

For secure, compact storage choose Cube lockers, in singles or groups. Cubes have equal height, width and depth allowing combined stacking of units on the floor or on support frames (available at extra cost).

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock fitting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Colours: choice of ActiveCoat protected colours - see panel below.

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

300 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 498 040

380 x 380 x 380 Nest of 1 498 041

450 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 498 042

Half-height Lockers for Key Stage 1

At 896mm high these lockers are ideal for fitting runs below windows or creating storage space below work surfaces. With the same footprint as full height and three-quarter height lockers they can be mixed and matched as required to create a tailored storage solution.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock fitting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Colours: choice of ActiveCoat protected colours - see panel below.

SINGLE DOOR LOCKER - Locker A

H x W x D mmNesting

896 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 775

Nest of 2 508 041

Nest of 3 508 042

896 x 380 x 450 Nest of 1 472 776

Nest of 2 508 043

896 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 472 777

Nest of 2 508 044

TWO DOOR LOCKER - Locker B

H x W x D

896 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 778

Nest of 2 508 045

Nest of 3 508 046

896 x 380 x 450 Nest of 1 472 779

Nest of 2 508 047

896 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 472 780

Nest of 2 508 048

THREE DOOR LOCKER - Locker C

H x W x D mmNesting

896 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 587

Nest of 2 508 049

Nest of 3 508 050

896 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 588

Nest of 2 508 051

£88.49

£151.98

£80.03

£143.78

£201.92

£90.95

£159.33

£96.34

£166.69

£

£166.12

£243.54

Single door locker has a fixed garment hanging rail with two coat hooks. Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground floor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

Lockers are fitted with a key lock as standard, supplied with 2 keys.

A padlock fitting (padlock not included) can be fitted as an alternative to a deadlock at no extra cost. Please specify at time of order.

Half height lockers can be supplied with sloping tops. These prevent litter being left on locker tops and makes their cleaning easier. Please call to find out more.

Fittings for Lockers

CodeItem

498 047

498 048

498 054

498 049

498 050

498 051

498 052

483 672

498 053

483 673

483 674

483 675

483 676

483 677

483 678

Master Key, for standard deadlock

Replacement Key, for standard deadlock - provide lock number when ordering

Replacement standard deadlock with 2 off keys

Replacement Single Tier Door, 300mm wide

Replacement Two Tier Door, 300mm wide

Replacement Three Tier Door, 300mm wide

Replacement Four Tier Door, 300mm wide

Replacement Five Tier Door, 300mm wide

Replacement Six Tier Door, 300mm wide

Replacement Single Tier Door, 450mm wide

Replacement Two Tier Door, 450mm wide

Replacement Three Tier Door, 450mm wide

Replacement Four Tier Door, 450mm wide

Replacement Five Tier Door, 450mm wide

Replacement Six Tier Door, 450mm wide

Specify size and door colour at time of order

Specify size and door colour at time of order

Prices are for Standard Colour Doors only. For price on Pastel Colours please contact us.

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Slope prevents litter being left on locker tops and makes their cleaning easier. Ideal for hygiene-sensitive locations. Factory-fitted item, order with lockers.

Please note: When supplying your own padlocks it is recommended that padlocks with the following dimensions are used:

Min Max

Shackle Diameter (A) 6mm 7.5mm

Top Dimension (B) 19mm 25mm

Shackle Internal (C) 19mm 25mm

We can also supply Laminate Door lockers. Contact us for details.

SLOPING TOPS FOR LOCKERS

Steel frame raises lockers from the floor, to aid cleaning and reduce scuff damage. Frames are 150mm high with adjustable feet. Rear legs inset for clearance of skirting, pipe work etc.

Integrated seating and locker stand. 400mm high with wooden seating slats. Has adjustable foot cap. Nominal seat depth 300mm.

Locking Options

Other types of locks are available to meet different needs. For further information on a particular lock please contact us.

Butterfly Padlock

This locking mechanism requires a padlock (not supplied) to secure the compartment. This option offers greater flexibility than a deadlock as rather than assigning a locker and key to each individual, different compartments can be utilised by different users as and when required.

Coin/ Token Return This is an ideal lock type for situations where lockers have ‘shared’ users. The key is released when a coin or token is inserted, and after the key is returned and the door is reopened the coin or token is returned to the user.

Coin/ Token Keep Similarly to our Coin/Token Return Locks, the key is activated when coin or token is inserted and released once the door is shut and the lock is thrown. Once the key has been replaced and the door is reopened the key cannot be removed again unless a new coin or token is inserted. A box in each compartment collects all of the inserted coins or tokens.

Digital Combination

A simple-to-use, battery operated keyless lock which can be programmed for single or multiusers. It offers a high level of security, comparable to Mastered Combination Locks, but as a personal entry code can be set and changed by the user, the digital option gives even greater flexibility. A master key ensures supervisor access.

Magnetic Catch Lock Keyless operation ideal for primary schools where security is not an issue. Offers positive door closure. Handle fitted to outside of door.

Multi-User Combination Lock - four tumbler This solution is ideal for facilities where keys are not desirable. The lock can be reset whenever the locker is open allowing the combination number to be changed if required. Operator key for instant access and no fuss code reset.

Cupboards

All cupboards (except Large Volume) feature a handle designed for easier operation; allowing the door to close without the key. Three point locking as standard.

Three point locking as standard.

A versatile and robust range of steel cupboards providing secure storage in the workplace. Conforms to BS EN 14073:2004 (Parts 1, 2 &3) and BS EN 14074:2004.

● Cupboards have ActiveCoat protection to help manage the risk of cross-contamination in the workplace

● Shelves adjustable in 25mm increments (except cupboard F - 40mm)

● Vertical door stiffening for added strength

● High quality lock operating three point locking bars supplied with 2 keys

● Shelves are pierced to accept dividers - adjustable on 75mm horizontal pitch.

● Specify door colour at time of order

482 245 A 984 x 915 x 505

482 746 B1820 x 915 x 505

482 246 C 1820 x 915 x 505

482 247 D1820 x 615 x 505

482 248 E 1820 x 615 x 505

482 249 F 1830 x 1220 x 457

Fixed top shelf with coat rail and 2 intermediate adjustable shelves

Fixed top shelf with coat rail and 2 intermediate adjustable shelves

Remember your options: Specify door colour at time of order.

Adjustable top shelf with coat rail

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

3 intermediate adjustable half shelves

Hazardous Substance Storage Cupboards

Hazardous substances should be locked away in a secure facility when not in use. Our range of storage cabinets meet the regulatory requirements surrounding use of these materials.

● Built-in welded sump collects spillage

● Secure three-point locking

Supplied with three high visibility labels conforming to the GSH and CLP signage. Simply choose the right label for the type of substance being stored:

● Harmful materials

● Highly flammable

● Height-adjustable shelves to accommodate stored material

Flush fitting handle for easier operation, eliminates risk of snagging when handling potentially hazardous substances

In the event of spillage within the cupboard, it is recommended the sump is emptied by means of an appropriate pump and the contents disposed of correctly in accordance with the relevant waste management regulations.

● Corrosive materials

348 I1070 x 915 x 505 2

Premium Wooden Lockers

Secondary/Adult Wooden Lockers

Primary Wooden Lockers

H1370mm x W300mm x D350mm

Single door lockers tted with two indestructable coat pegs in a choice of colours.

Single door has Shelf & 2 x Coat Pegs Premium Bag Storage

Premium Benches & Cloakroom

Single Bench Choice of seat heights

427 702 W600mm x D355mm

427 703 W900mm x D355mm

427 704 W1200mm x D355mm

427 705 W1500mm x D355mm

SOLID THICK BEECH SLATS

Double Bench Choice of seat heights

427 710 W600mm x D660mm

427 711 W900mm x D660mm

427 712 W1200mm x D660mm

427 713 W1500mm x D660mm

Single Sided Cloakroom

427 718 W600mm x D355mm4 hooks

427 719 W900mm x D355mm7 hooks

427 720 W1200mm x D355mm9 hooks

427 721 W1500mm x D355mm12 hooks

Single Bench with Shoe Rack Choice of seat heights

427 706 W600mm x D355mm

427 707 W900mm x D355mm

427 708 W1200mm x D355mm

427 709 W1500mm x D355mm

Double Bench with Shoe Rack Choice of seat heights

427 714 W600mm x D660mm

427 715 W900mm x D660mm

427 716 W1200mm x D660mm

427 717 W1500mm x D660mm

Anti-bacterial coated steel frame in charcoal grey. All units are supplied with 4 floor fixing brackets.

Double Sided Cloakroom

427 726 W600mm x D660mm8 hooks

427 727 W900mm x D660mm14 hooks

427 728 W1200mm x D660mm18 hooks

427 729 W1500mm x D660mm24 hooks

Single Sided Cloakroom with Shoe Rack

Double Sided Cloakroom with Shoe Rack Available

427 722 W600mm x D355mm4 hooks

427 723 W900mm x D355mm7 hooks

427 724 W1200mm x D355mm9 hooks

427 725 W1500mm x D355mm12 hooks

427 730 W600mm x D660mm8 hooks

427 731 W900mm x D660mm14 hooks

427 732 W1200mm x D660mm18 hooks

427 733 W1500mm x D660mm24 hooks

Premium Coat Tidys

CHOICE OF 3 HEIGHTS

424 793 W600mm12 Hooks

424 794 W700mm14 Hooks

424 795 W800mm16 Hooks

424 796 W900mm18 Hooks

424 797 W1000mm20 Hooks

424 798 W1100mm22 Hooks

424 799 W1200mm24 Hooks

424 800 W1300mm26 Hooks

424 801 W1400mm28 Hooks

424 802 W1500mm30 Hooks

424 803 W1600mm32 Hooks

Single Sided Coat Tidys - 340mm Deep

424 782 W600mm6 Hooks

424 783 W700mm7 Hooks

424 784 W800mm8 Hooks

424 785 W900mm9 Hooks

424 786 W1000mm10 Hooks

424 787 W1100mm11 Hooks

424 788 W1200mm12 Hooks

424 789 W1300mm13 Hooks

424 790 W1400mm14 Hooks

424 791 W1500mm15 Hooks

424 792 W1600mm16 Hooks

Benches and Seating

A modern range of cloakroom equipment made in the UK, available with beech slats.

Easy to install, the range includes single and double sided benches, hook benches, wall mounted rails all with a host of options and accessories, including shoe baskets, ensuring you will find exactly what you are looking for. If you want further advice or different colour options simply phone and we will be happy to discuss this with you.

All cloakroom units have robust frames constructed from 50mm round, thick walled tubing with welded joints for increased strength and durability. They have antibacterial powder coating as standard.

Hook Benches

Grey hooks supplied as standard.

Beech Solid Timber Slats Sourced from sustainable forests.

Single sided 1500mm wide hook bench

Single sided 2000mm wide hook bench

Single or double sided hook bench with 5, 8, 10, 16 or 20 hooks. Available in five frame colours with beech slats.

● Available in three bench sizes; Senior - H475mm, Junior - H400mm & Infant - 350mm, making these benches ideal for leisure and school cloakrooms

Single sided1000mm375mm5

Single sided1500mm375mm 8

Single sided2000mm375mm10

Double sided1000mm710mm10

Double sided1500mm710mm 16

Double sided2000mm710mm20

Free standing Benches

Single and double sided modern cloakroom benches with 5 frame colour options and beech slats to suit any cloakroom.

● Available in three bench sizes; Senior - H475mm, Junior - H400mm & Infant - 350mm, making these benches ideal for leisure and school cloakrooms.

Single sided1000mm305mm 429 436 429 525429 537

Single sided1500mm305mm 429 437 429 526429 538

Single sided2000mm305mm 429 438 429 527429 539

Double sided1000mm710mm 429 439 429 528429 540

Double sided1500mm710mm 429 440 429 529 429

Double sided2000mm710mm

Twin Shoe Baskets

Silver grey robust shoe baskets - 305mm in height.

● Fixings NOT included

● Can provide extra space by adding shoe baskets

Twin Shoe

Single sided 1500mm wide bench

Wall Hook Strip

● Wall fixings NOT included ● Beech strip grey hooks.

Type

Single sided1000mm 2 429 442

Single sided1500mm3 429 443

Single sided2000mm4 429 444

Double sided1000mm4 429 445

Double sided1500mm 6 429 446

Double sided2000mm 8 429 447

Double sided 2000mm wide bench

Double sided 2000mm wide hook bench

3Warranty YRS

6WK 10YR

KubbyClass® Locker

• These quality units are crafted to the highest standards using the best materials made from solid 18mm carcass and back panel

• The hinges allow the doors to open to a full 270 degrees, allowing plenty of access to the locker

• The metal nickel handles used on all doors are flush-mounted for extra safety so that bag straps don’t get caught in busy corridors

• Available in maple base colour with bright and modern accent colours

• H 1500 x W 400 x D 320mm

• KubbyClass® Single Door Locker with Inset Handles

• Includes shelf and two indestructible coat pegs

429 101

£259.77each

• KubbyClass® Two Door Locker with Inset Handles

429 102

£284.65each

• KubbyClass® Three Door Locker with Inset Handles

429 103 £309.51each

4WK 10YR

Carpeted Cloakroom Seat

• Cloakroom bench with carpeted seat

• Four storage compartments

• Supplied with four deep Gratnells trays

• H 440 x W 1395 x D 460mm

428 074

Plastic Hooks

• Strong and safe hooks

• Smooth edges

• Rainbow colours: navy, red, yellow, orange, pink, purple, fern green, powder blue and sky blue

• 55mm

• Pack of 10 485 018

£376.18each

£19.43pack

4WK 10YR

Board Mounted Unbreakable Coat Hooks

• Easy to hang, wall-mounted coat hook board

• 9 hook colours to choose from

• Wall fixings not included

• H 150mm

• 10 Hooks

• W 1000mm

428 071

• 16 Hooks

• W 1600mm

428 072

• 20 Hooks

• W 2000mm

428 073

£68.82each

£99.95each

£124.09each

4WK 10YR

10 Hook Picture Rail

• Wall-mounted coat rack with 10 picture frame hooks

• Add pictures so children can easily identify the hook for their belongings

• Wall fixings not included

• H 200 x W 1000mm

428 075

£93.19each

4WK 10YR

16 Hook Double-sided Cloakroom Trolley

• Cloakroom trolley with 16 picture hooks (8 on each side)

• Add pictures so children can easily identify the hook for their belongings

• Includes storage

• W 915 x D 600mm

• 16 Hook Double-sided Cloakroom Trolley - H 1000mm

428 076

£359.21each

• 16 Hook Double-sided Cloakroom Trolley - H 1300mm

428 077

£371.65each

2WK 5YR

Callero Cloakroom Silver Trolley

• The stylish and robust Callero Cloakroom Trolley features 32 double coat and bag hooks, at the right height for children to use themselves

• Combination of hooks and baskets to store coats, bags and shoes

• At the right height for students, encouraging independent activity

• Braked castors for easy transportation

• H 1175 x W 1065 x D 455mm

429 892

£420.55each

2WK 5YR

Callero

Lunchbox Silver Trolley

• Storing up to 30 lunchboxes, the Callero Lunchbox Trolley can be moved around the school throughout the day allowing children to store and collect their items

• Braked castors for easy transportation

• Can be used for other activities, including transporting sports equipment and outdoor learning resources between spaces

• H 1065 x W 1065 x D455mm

429 893

£378.27each

Monarch Lunch Box Trolleys

Ideal for any early years or primary environment, these trolleys are the perfect lunchbox storage solution! Available in 5 colour combinations and in a choice of 3 sizes with either 36, 42 or 72 box capacity. Manufactured using 25 x 25mm ERW steel tube, fully welded with an epoxy powder coated finish with Monarch Mircoprotect™ antimicrobial as standard. Each unit is fitted with heavy duty castors (two with locking facility). Each with a load capacity of 60kg. Shelves are manufactured from FSC Certified MFC.

A Monarch 36 Lunchbox

Trolley

C Monarch 72 Lunchbox Wide

Wooden Tuf 2™ Trolleys Range

Our trolleys are hand finished with fixing points reinforced for longevity. Mobile for sharing between classrooms.

Strong, sturdy trolleys designed for longevity and to manage the daily rigours of a busy school environment. All trolleys meet strength and stability BS5873 testing standard.

Suitable for up to 60 lunchboxes.

483 252 H1160 x W1215 x D740mm

Reinforced structure gives superior strength, with blue and silver powder coated scratch resistant finish.

15 double coat/bag hooks each side to store 30 coats. Metal name-card holders for easy location and identification of hooks. Large base storage shelf, ideal for shoes and bags with a centre divide. 432 145 H1140 x W1610 x D740mm

Suitable for up to 60 lunchboxes.

15 double coat or bag hooks each side, suitable for storing 30 coats.

1.Double Lunchbox Trolley - Beech

All wooden trolleys are supplied with a metal label holder on the end panel to identify class or year group.

Heavy duty castors, two of which are lockable for static use.

4.Classroom Cloakroom Trolley

3.Double Lunchbox Trolley

Metal Tuf™ Trolleys Range

2. Cloakroom Trolley - Maple

1WK 2YR

Brio Stand with Umbrella Holder

• Coat stand with rotating head, 6 plastic large coat pegs and 3 hooks, umbrella holder, water retainer and a metallic weighted base

• High capacity to hang clothes and accessories. Holds up to 6 umbrellas

• H 1750 x Dia. 350mm

428 879

1WK 2YR

£68.70each

Executive Coat Stand

• Modern, executive style

• Integral umbrella holder with dip tray and weighted base for stability

• Sturdy 38mm stem

• H 1870 x Dia. 350mm

• Easy to assemble, no tools requir

Silver Grey and Wood 499 496

1WK 2YR

Basic Coat Stand

• Practical coat stand

• 5 large garment friendly hooks

• 5 smaller hooks for accessories

• Integral umbrella holder

• Steel tube with black powder coating

• Black

• H 1750 x Dia. 500mm 483 462 £69.99each

1WK 1YR

Tree Coat Stand

• White steel and wood, Scandinavian style coat stand

• Weighted base for stability

• 8 coat hooks

• Quick and easy assembly - no tools needed

• 100% recyclable

• Compact packaged to reduce CO2 impact

• H 1750 x Dia. 355mm 432 134 £79.85each

1WK 1YR

Office Coat Stand

Black 428 438 £79.75each

Silver Grey and White 428 437 £79.75each

Chrome 428 880 £93.44each

1WK 2YR

Tough Coat Stand

• 8 XL garment friendly hooks and 2 bag hooks

• Extra thick pole and weighted base for added stability

• Integral umbrella holder

• H 1760 x Dia. 350mm Black 483 458 £83.15each Silver Grey 428 881 £83.15each

• Scandinavian-styled coat stand with a mix of materials (white steel and wood) for a natural feel

• Large capacity to hang clothes and accessories (6 coat pegs, 3 mini coat pegs)

• Smart umbrella holder (holds up to 6 umbrellas) with water retainer to catch drips

• Weighted base for extra stability (5kg)

• Quick and easy assembly without tools

• H 1750 x W 350mm 424 370 £107.54each

Executive Chrome Coat Stand

• Chrome designer coat stand

• 6 large garment friendly hooks and 6 small hooks, on a rotating crown for ease of access

• Weighted base for extra stability

• Integral umbrella holder with drip tray

• High quality chrome finish

• H 1750 x Dia. 405mm

459

1WK

High Capacity Coat Stand

• Easy to assemble coat stand

• 10 wide pegs

• Rotating crown

• H 1760mm, Dia. 550mm Light Wood 499 497

Telescopic Coat Rack

• Height adjustable coat rack with castors

• Adjustable height from 1030 to 1800mm

• Length 750mm rail holds up 20 hangers

• H 1030-1800 x W 820 x D 420mm 424 373

Alba Mobile Clothes Rack

• Great looking, sturdy and economical

• Bags or accessories can be placed in one of two shelves at the top or at the bottom.

• Easy assembly without tools

• Mobile on 4 castors (2 locking)

• Chrome finish

• H 1650 x W 900 x D 350mm 428 883

Plastic Coat Hangers

• Plastic coat hangers for all of your storage needs

• Pack of 20

Wave Coat Stand with Hangers

• Elegant coat stand with 6 hangers

• 5kg weighted base for great stability

• Umbrella holder can hold up to 7 umbrellas

• Black and silver grey

• Overall H 1730 x W 350 x D 500mm 424 374

Wooden Coat Hangers

• Wooden coat hangers for all of your storage needs

• Pack of 25

Large Steel Umbrella Holder

•

1WK 1YR

Stainless Steel Rope Barrier Post

• High quality polished stainless steel posts for a durable & aesthetic finish

• 4 way connectivity

• Ball Head

• H 987 x Dia. 320mm

428 511

• Top Hat Head

• H 935 x Dia. 320mm

428 512

• Wall Hook

£57.83each

£60.80each

• Wall Hook for use with Ball Head or Top Hat Head Rope Barriers

428 516

Barrier Rope

• Rope for use with Ball Head or Top Hat Head Rope Barriers

• Manufactured from high quality polyester

• Length 1500mm Red 428 513

Black Barrier Post

£20.87each

• Ideal for areas where you need to channel traffic

• Black metal post with nylon retractable belt

• 3 way connectivity

• Belt size: 50mm high & 2000mm length

• Belt mechanism incorporates a speed restriction function to prevent the belt retracting too quickly

• Post height 930mm, base diameter 350mm

Red Belt 428 500

Blue Belt 428 501

Black Belt 428 502

• Receiving End Post

£62.75each

£62.75each

£62.75each

• End post to connect belted posts

• 3 way connectivity

428 503

1WK 1YR

Double Retractable Blue Belt Barrier

£60.47each

• Post barrier with 2 retractable belts

• Belt size: 50mm high & 2000mm length

• Belt mechanism incorporates a speed restriction function to prevent the belt retracting too quickly

• Post height 985mm, base diameter 320mm

• Blue belt

428 508

Stainless Steel Barrier Post

• Ideal for areas where you need to channel traffic

• Stainless steel post with nylon retractable belt

• 3 way connectivity

• Belt size: 50mm high & 2000mm length

• Belt mechanism incorporates a speed restriction function to prevent the belt retracting too quickly

• Post height 930mm, base diameter 350mm

Red Belt 428 504 £62.20each

Blue Belt 428 505 £62.20each

Black Belt 428 506 £62.20each

• Receiving End Post

• End post to connect belted posts

• 3 way connectivity

428 507

1WK

1YR

Wall Mounted Retractable Barrier

• The retractable belt is manufactured from nylon and comes in blue

• Belt mechanism incorporates a speed restriction function to prevent the belt retracting too quickly

• This wall barrier is for use with freestanding receiving end posts (see items 428 503 and 428 507) and does not come with a wall mounted receiver

• Belt size: 50mm high & 2000mm length

£93.29each 1WK

428 509 £37.48each

Sign Board

• Sign board for use with Belt Barriers

428 510

£53.08each

Are you sitting comfortably?

Take advantage of our free chair consultations and assessments.

Did you know up to 80% of the population will experience back pain at some stage of their working life. However ensuring you are using the correct chair could help or even prevent this issue.

We offer a free consultation service to help you find the perfect chair for any special requirements you may have. Our specialists will come to your office and design a chair to meet your specific needs. They can also bring a sample for you to test to ensure the product is right for you.

Simple measures such as adjusting your chair correctly can help prevent the risk of developing back pain and also help to reduce the impact of an existing condition.

Please contact our Customer Services to arrange your free consultation.

High Back Task Chair, No Arms

Entry level chair, without arms. Fully adjustable with Gas height adjustment and back height adjustment. Fully upholstered with deep cushion padded seat with contoured back.

429 971 No Arms

429 972 Adjustable Arms

Mesh High Back Task Chair, No Arms

Entry level Mesh back chair, without arms. Fully adjustable with Gas height adjustment and back height adjustment. Deep cushion, upholstered padded seat with black mesh back.

429 973 No Arms

429 974 Adjustable Arms

Remeber your finish choices:

Jota has a traditional oval shaped back design in a number of arm options, with high density seat and back foam for maximum user comfort. With so many adjustable settings, Jota offers the ideal configuration for any hard-worker, eliminating aches and pains associated with improper support. BS 5459-2000+A2:2008

Comfort, reliability and affordability are the key attributes of the Senza operators chair with its curvaceous profile and vast array of options. Equipped with ergonomic features, a high fabric back and 4 arm options, this operators chair easily provides the comfort needed for a long day at work.

OceanHavana Blizzard Belize

Jota - Task Chairs

Senza - Task Chairs

Operator Chair

Simple ergonomics

Ideal for computer use with an ergonomic curved back and seat pad.

FEATURES

• 5 Star base with 50mm twin wheel hooded castors.

• Gas seat height adjustment.

• Back rest height and tilt adjustment lockable in any position.

• Available without arms, loop arms, height adjustable arms or folding height adjustable arms.

• 110Kg weight capacity.

• EN1335 certified.

429 695 No Arms

429 696 Loop Arms

429 697

Height Adjustable Arms

429 698

Folding Height Adjustable Arms

429 699 Draughtsman, No Arms

429 700

429 703 No Arms

429 704 Loop Arms

429 705

Height Adjustable Arms

429 706

Folding Height Adjustable Arms

29 701 raughtsman, Height Adjustable Arms

Folding Height Adjustable Arms

Remember your options or your fabric choices:

Medium Back Chair

• Operators chair with 5 star base

• Seat height adjustable from 440-500mm

• Gas lift up to 150kg

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Back height 430mm

No Arms

High Back Chair

• High back operators chair

• 5 star base

• Seat height adjustable fr

• Gas lift up to 150kg

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Back height 520mm

No Arms

Fixed Arms

Height Adjustable Arms

578

579

Foldaway Height Adjustable Arms

Medium Back Draughtsman Chair

• Seat height adjustment

• Back height and rake adjustment

• Five star base

•

• Glides

Mesh Back Operator Chair

• Breathable black mesh back

• Large contoured seat

• Height adjustable back rest

• Permanent contact back mechanism

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

No Arms

Fixed Arms

Height Adjustable Arms

Ergonomic Mesh Posture Chair

• Breathable

•

•

• Backrest tilt angle and height adjustment

• Armrest angle and height adjustment

033 £135.94each

Fully Upholstered Posture Max Chair

• Inflatable lumbar support

• Seat slide for depth adjustment

• Heavy duty 3 lever controls

• Sculptured full back support

• Height adjustable and foldaway arms

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

Cambridge Fully Adjustable Posture Chair

• High back posture chair with seat tilt

• Ratchet back height control H 490-570mm

• Inflatable lumbar pump

• Foldaway height adjustable arms

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Seat W 510 x D 500mm

• Back width 490mm at widest point

427 586

£184.88each

Cambridge Mesh Ergonomic Posture Chair

• Mesh back ergonomic chair

• Ratchet back height control H 560-630mm

• Lumbar support

• Foldaway height adjustable arms

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Seat W 510 x D 500mm

• Back width 510mm

429 025

£244.53each

Cambridge Lite Ergonomic Posture Chair

• Lighter features, same ergonomic support

• Ratchet back height control H 490-570mm

• Lumbar support (not inflatable)

• Foldaway height adjustable arms

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Seat W 510 x D 500mm

• Back width 490mm at widest point

429 027

£158.76each

Cambridge Ultra Ergonomic Posture Chair

• High back posture chair with seat tilt

• Ratchet back height control H 560-630mm

• Inflatable lumbar pump

• Foldaway height adjustable arms

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Seat W 510 x D 500mm

• Back width 490mm at widest point

429 024

Cambridge Petite Ergonomic Posture Chair

• Cambridge chair with smaller seat and back

• Ratchet back height control H 490-570mm

• Inflatable lumbar pump

• Foldaway height adjustable arms

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Seat W 470 x D 450mm

• Back width 450mm at widest point

429 026

£180.31each

Cambridge Medium Back Ergonomic Posture Chair

• Entry level, full feature Cambridge Chair

• Independent seat and back angle

• Seat slide to vary seat depth

• Foldaway height adjustable arms

• Inflatable lumbar support

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

429 028

£179.08each

Home Working Solutions

Due to the pandemic we have assembled a selection of products that will sit comfortably in a work or a home environment. All products shown are properly tested, conform to all the current regulations and can be delivered direct to a home address if necessary.

Virtual Seating Assessments

If you have a back complaint we can carry out workstation assessments on any of the following: WhatsApp Facetime Zoom Skype or Teams for free. Cost for face to face service is dependent on location. If you really want to be seen in person there will be a cost for this service and is dependent on your location. Please call Customer Services to get a price for this service.

Spynamics Range

Our chronic bad back relief chairs come from our Spynamics range and can be made to measure following one of our remote (virtual) assessments as well as one of our face to face visits. Our Spynamics bad back relief chairs incorporate all the latest technology including memory foam seats and backs, multifunctional height adjustable arms, various airbag supports positioned in the main areas of the spine (sacral, lumbar, thoracic), headrests and coccyx relief cut outs (if needed).

Remember your fabric choices (see back of catalogue):

Ergonomics made simple

If you want something that is highly adjustable and may still need to be used by more than one person but that the requirements are not so ‘back-critical’ as to require one of our Spynamics chairs then the Uni Bundle chairs will be your ideal solution. The four versions we show here suit most day-to-day requirements

• Fully adjustable operator chair

• Weight guarantee 120kgs/19 stone

• Adjustable pump lumbar, ratchet backrest height, back & seat tilt

• Seat slide, height adjustable arms

• Back Size: H500 x W430mm

• Seat Size: W500mm x D470

Description CODE:Price UNIA 427 854

Grande

Bundle

• Fully adjustable task chair

• Weight guarantee 150kgs/23.5 stone

• Adjustable pump lumbar, ratchet backrest height, back & seat tilt

• Seat slide height adjustable arms

• Back Size: H580 x W490mm

• Seat Size: W500mm x D470

Description CODE:Price UNI4A 424 424

If you require a comfortable and supportive chair for users over 6” up to 30 stones, you might need something like our G+1 from our Grande range of larger user chair. Supportive back care chairs for up to 190kgs / 30 stone users. It doesn’t shirk its responsibility to be comfortable and adjustable as well as the right size.

Back Size: H840 x W560mm

Seat Size: W560 x D560mm

Description CODE: Price G+1 427 861

• Fully adjustable executive chair

• Weight guarantee 150kgs/23.5 stone

• Adjustable pump lumbar, ratchet backrest height, back & seat tilt

• Seat slide, height adjustable arms

• Back Size: H670 x W460mm

• Seat Size: W500mm x D470

UNI12A Bundle*

• Fully adjustable mesh back chair

• Weight guarantee 150kgs/23.5 stone

• Foam upholstered lumbar, ratchet backrest height, back & seat tilt

• Seat slide, height adjustable arms

• Back Size: H560 x W450mm

• Seat Size: W500mm x D470

Description CODE:Price UNI8A 424 428

Description CODE:Price UNI12A 424 429 £

* 2-way lumber not available on mesh chairs.

VDU Compliant

If you don’t have a bad back, your computer use is minimal and you don’t want to spend a lot of money for something you will not sit in more than a couple of hours a day then you may want one of our P3’s. Also available with ring arms (P2) or without arms (P1).

• Back tilt

• Backrest height (manual)

• Weight guarantee 120kgs

P3 Back

Back Size: H500 x W440mm

Seat Size: W470 x D450mm

DescriptionCODE:Price

No Arms 508 969

Ringarms 508 971

Adjustable Arms 508 973

Remember your fabric choices (see back of catalogue):

UNI4A

UNI8A Bundle

UNI1A Bundle

Operator Chairs

-Designed to provide comfort and support to the user

edium Back

High Back

Medium Back Chair

● Permanent contact back mechanism

● Overall back height: 865 - 995mm

Features: with lumbar support | manual back adjustment | CME back and seat foam | 25” black base | 50mm castors | suitable up to 150kg

High

Back Chair

● Permanent contact back mechanism ● Overall back height: 970 - 1095mm

Features: with lumbar support | manual back adjustment | CME back and seat foam | 25” black base | 50mm castors | suitable up to 150kg

499 681 Medium back operator chair- no arms

499 683 Medium back operator chair- with height adjustable arms

504 763 High back operator chair- no arms

504 765 High back operator chair- with height adjustable arms

499 687 Mesh back operator chair- no arms

499 689 Mesh back operator chair- with height adjustable arms

Mesh Back Chair

● Spine shaped contoured back

● Overall Back height: 970 - 1095mm

Features: 2 lever mechanism | CME seat foam | 25” black base | 50mm castors | suitable up to 150kg

Measurements in MM:

OA Width : 620

OA Depth : 620

Seat Height : 460 – 585

Remember your fabric choices: Mainline Plus. See back of catalogue for details.

Ergonomic Task Back Chairs

-Multifunctional design and supreme comfort

High Back Task Chair

● Independent seat and ratchet back adjustment

Features:

3 lever mechanism | heavy duty | CME foam | ratchet back adjustment | 27” black base | 50mm castors | suitable up to 150kg

Square Back Task Chair

● Independent seat and ratchet back adjustment

Features:

3 lever mechanism | heavy duty | CME foam | ratchet back adjustment | 27” black base | 50mm castors | suitable up to 150kg

499 692 High back task chair-no arms

499 706 High back task chair-with height adjustable arms

499 693 Square back task chair-no arms

499 708 Square back task chair-with height adjustable arms

432 140 Mesh Back task chair-no arms

432 141 Mesh Back task chair-with height adjustable arms

Remember your fabric choices: Mainline Plus. See back of

Mesh Back Chair

● Adjustable lumbar support

Features:

3 lever mechanism | heavy duty | CME foam | ratchet back adjustment | 27” black base | 50mm castors | suitable up to 150kg

Measurements in MM:

OA Width : 680

OA Depth : 680

Seat Height : 460 – 620

everyday: executive seating

Barcelona Deluxe 24-Hour Task Chairs

Loop Arms 507 958

Height adjustable arms 483 680

Folding height adjustable arms 507 959

The Barcelona deluxe is a well-established firm favourite. A heavy duty 24 hour usage chair that provides long term comfort and support.

Desire High Back Chair

507 955

Chrome arm rests. 5 star base. Infinitelock mechanism.

features:

Soft bonded leather or fabric

Available in Black or Blue

Thick padded foam

Height and pad adjustable arms

Ratchet back and seat slide plus back tilt

Triple lever multi-function mechanism

Chrome flash base

Gas lift tested up to 150kg (23 Stones)

Usage: Task 24 hour

features:

Modern & Stylish design

Comfortable deep leather cushioning

Chrome armrests with cushioned arm pad

Bonded Leather upholstery

Available in Black or White

Gas lift tested up to 150kg (23 Stones)

Soft, sumptuous leather with built in headrest and padded arms.

Chrome detailing on the arms and base makes this both a modern and superb executive chair.

features:

Bonded leather

Twin lever heavy duty mechanism

Chrome flash base

Soft padded arms

Folding back on both the executive and cantilever option

UK crib 5 foam

Gas lift tested up to 150kg (23 Stones)

Usage: Executive 8 hour

Gas lift tested up to 150kg (23

Usage: Executive 8 hour

Hatley 5-star base

Barcelona fabric finish

Desire High Back Chair

Havanna Cantilever base

Stones)

everyday: premium operator seating

A Chiro Medium Back Posture Chair

509 289

features:

Seat slide

Contoured foam

Adjustable pump up lumbar

Ratchet back height adjustment

Adjustable arms

3 lever mechanism

Polished Chrome base

UK crib 5 foam and fabric

Gas lift tested up to 150kg (23 Stones)

Usage: Task 24/7

B/C Chiro Plus Posture Chairs

B Chiro Plus Ultimate 507 951

C Chiro Plus 507 952

The Chiro Posture chair represents the next generation of ergonomic seating. The chair promotes a healthy posture and is available in a range of different fabrics and finishes.

features:

Seat slide

Contoured foam

Twist adjustable pump up lumbar

Ratchet back height adjustment

Adjustable arms

3 lever mechanism

Polished chrome base

UK crib 5 foam and fabric

Gas lift tested up to 150kg (23 Stones)

Usage: Task 24/7

IC 100 Chair – Mesh back

509 648

Back: Black mesh.

Seat: Fabric available in a choice of three colours.

Simplistic ergonomics. Fewer controls. Easier to use

Supporting a weight range between 40-145 kilos, the unique body-responsive and weight activated underseat controls adjust naturally tochanges in user position and is perfect for multi-user environments. Single lever adjustment with a simple push-button controls the degree of travel across five settings, lockable upright for constant support and allowing effortless motion when required.

features:

Synchronised mechanism

Auto body tension control

Waterfall seat

Adjustable seat slide

High backrest

Fixed backrest

Adjustable lumbar panel

Height adjustable arms

Black moulded base

Chiro

1

4

everyday: panel end desking

and entry-level desk screens

Entry Level Desk Screens

• Rectangular desks 800mm deep with cantilever frame & two cable access ports • 429751 & 429752 only have one central cable access port

CODEWDHPRICE

429765 1200800725

429766 1400800 725

429767 1600800725 429768 1800800725

CODEWDHPRICE

429773 1600800725 429774

CODEWDHPRICE 429785 1600800725 429786 1800800725

Systems cupboards/Tambours

Optional extra shelf

•470mm deep shelves with an 18mm carcass and 25mm thick tops

• Available with adjustable shelves but 3 larger units have a fixed shelf central for stability

•Cupboards with lockable doors and supplied with curved handles and two keys

• Available in Duo finishes with white carcass and

• Lockable drawers supplied with finger pull handles in silver with 2 keys Available with 3 shallow drawers or with one shallow and one filing drawer

• Filing drawer designed to accept both A4 files and foolscap suspension files

•Option of

Beech OakWhite

Grey Oak Beech Oak Walnut White

Bookcases/Cupboards

Mobile Pedestals

Rectangular Cantilever Frame Workstation

25mm MFC top | desktop cable port

432 137 725h x 1200w x 600d

432 138 725h x 1400w x 600d

432 139 725h x 1600w x 600d

424 823

725h x 1200w x 800d

424 822 725h x 1400w x 800d

424 821 725h x 1600w x 800d

424 820 725h x 1800w x 800d

Rectangular Height Adjustable Workstation

Electrical adjustment | 25mm MFC top | 710-1210mm high | 120kg evenly distributed maximum load capacity | supplied with a desktop scoop

Pedestal Drawers

Lockable Pedestal

25mm MFC top | 3 drawer - including 1 foolscap filing drawer | Silver handles supplied as standard

424 828 Under desk (mobile)594h x 400w x 575d

424 825 Desk high 725h x 400w x 600d

424 826 Desk high 725h x 400w x 800d

Flexible height adjustable desks can help improve health and wellbeing, and increase productivity. Extra Range: Full range of accessories available online including desktop screens, cable trays, and monitor arms

Two Door Cupboard

Side Opening Tambour

Filing Cabinets

C

Media Lite Rectangular Desk

Stylish and robust metal cantilever framed desks featuring 25mm MFC tops complete with two 80mm cable ports. Available in a choice of top finishes, with silver underframe and modesty panel.

429 958 H 730 x W 1000 x D 800mm

429 959 H 730 x W 1200 x D 800mm

429 960 H 730 x W 1400 x D 800mm

429 961 H 730 x W 1600 x D 800mm

429 962 H 730 x W 1800 x D 800mm

Eye Metal Pedestals

Stylish and cost-effective three drawer lockable drawer unit, with side finger pulls, comprising two personal and one filing drawer. Dimensions: H 600 x D 500

429 969 W 390mm

429 970 W 300mm

Lite Workstation Stylish and robust metal cantilever framed desks

25mm MFC tops complete with three 80mm

ports. Available in a choice of top finishes, with silver underframe and modesty panel Right Hand

Wooden Double Door Cupboard

Space saving high capacity storage, complete with two locking double doors. Supplied with internal ladder racks for a range of adjustable fittings to allow users to specify the internal fittings to their exact requirements. Locking units are supplied empty and fittings ordered separately.

Left Hand

your finish choices:

internal ladder racks for a range of adjustable fittings to allow users to specify the internal fittings to their exact requirements. These Locking units are supplied empty for fittings to be ordered separately.

429 983 H 720 x W 1100 x D 550mm

429 984

Remeber

Beech MapleOak

Remeber your finish choices: Beech MapleOak

Wooden Side Opening Tambour

Ergonomic Electric Height Adjustable Desks

There are many benefits with the MWET3; height adjustable desks are known to help with back, shoulder and neck pain, mood and energy levels and more!

The ability to sit and stand during the average work day can have huge benefits to the user and it is this active working style that encourages increased staff productivity and reduced absenteeism. Major international research over recent years has produced evidence that sitting for more than 4 hours a day can lead to:

• Disrupted blood sugar levels

• Increased insulin

• Increased blood sugar levels

• Enzymes responsible for burning harmful blood fats shutting down leg muscles switch off.

It doesn't matter what level of physical activity, the result can lead to an increased risk of heart disease, diabetes, cancer, weight gain and back aches. Having the ability to sit and stand numerous times during the working day can help to improve health and wellbeing.

(Data source: www.getbritainstanding.org).

• Maximum lift capacity 125kg

• Dual motor system

• 5 year guarantee under normal use and 8 hour working day

• 3 Stage leg frame enabling lower than desk height usage

• 3 x programmable memory pre-sets

• 800mm depth x 600 - 1250mm height

• Choice of White, Silver or Black frames

• 3 x programmable memory pre-sets

• 3 Stage leg frame enabling lower than desk height usage

1200mm x 800mm depth

429 910 Oak 429 913 Beech

429 911 Maple

429 912 Light Grey

429 914 White

1400mm x 800mm depth

429 915 Oak 429 918 Beech

429 916 Maple

429 917 Light Grey

429 919White

1600mm x 800mm depth

429 920 Oak 429 923 Beech

429 921 Maple

429 922 Light Grey

429 924White

1800mm x 800mm depth

429 925 Oak

429 926 Maple

429 927 Light Grey

429 928 Beech

429 929 White

3WK 5YR

Electric Height Adjustable Desk

• Smooth and effortless electric motorised height adjustment 710-1210mm

• Heavy-duty steel construction. Maximum load 80kg/160lbs

• Simple 2 button control

• Anti-collision - motor stops when an obstruction is detected

• Power input: auto-switching AC 100 - 240 V

• Choose from a range of table and frame finishes/colours

W 1000 x D 800mm 429 088 £375.10each

W 1200 x D 800mm 429 089 £381.15each

W 1400 x D 800mm 427 551 £387.20each

W 1600 x D 800mm 427 552 £399.30each

• Supplied with 2 keys

• H 546 x W 402 x D 500mm

• 2 Drawer

• One standard, one filing drawer 429 050 £128.63each

• 3 Drawer

• Three standard drawers 429 162 £128.63each

• Two standard and one filing drawer

3WK 5

Desk High Pedestal

• Ideal as a storage solution and provides extra desk space

• Two standard and one filing drawer

• Supplied with 2 keys

• H 725 x W 400mm

D 600mm 429 160 £152.37each

D 800mm 429 161 £176.68each

3WK 5YR

Wooden Filing Cabinet

• Lockable - supplied with 2 keys

• Front to back foolscap filing

• Anti tilt mechanism

Finishes options

3WK

Tall Mobile Pedestal

3WK 5YR

Bookcase

• Open front with fixed shelves

• W 1000 x D 525mm

• 1 Fixed Shelf - H 725mm

429 156

• 2 Fixed Shelves - H 1252mm

£128.18 each

429 157 £146.73 each

• 3 Fixed Shelves - H 1657mm

429 158 £175.06 each

• 4 Fixed Shelves - H 2062mm

429 159 £197.76 each

3WK 5YR

Double Door Cupboard

• Lockable cupboard with hinged doors

• Supplied with shelves

• W 1000 x D 525mm

• 1 Fixed Shelf - H 725mm

429 152 £244.75 each

• 2 Fixed Shelves - H 1252mm

429 153 £301.75 each

• 3 Fixed Shelves - H 1657mm

429 154 £400.21 each

• 4 Fixed Shelves - H 2062mm

429 155 £473.27 each

Please call customer services to arrange a free site survey

We have received fantastic support and advice throughout the project and are delighted with the workmanship. Their team of installers are very efficient.

PROJECT ADVICE

Our industry experts take the time to understand your vision

•Extensive range of products to suit every budget

•Managing school projects for over 60 years

•CAD drawings

•3D renders

•Space planning

Catherine Franchi School Business Manager, Selborne School

Drawers fit neatly inside the Literature Sorter

Filing and Storage

Constructed from tough corrugated board, these robust and easy to assemble filing modules are designed to protect files. Supplied flat packed.

A Literature Sorter

10 pigeon holes to organise or store A4 or foolscap documents. The modules can be safely stacked up to 3 tiers high without the need for shelves or cabinets.

Size: H385 x W585 x D330mm.

550 009 Oyster

B Literature Sorter Drawers

Turn a literature sorter into a useful drawer unit with a set of drawers. Perfect for filing paperwork, class work, or art and craft materials. Each drawer holds A4 size papers or documents. One each of red, yellow, green, blue and orange.

Size: H60 x W275 x D320mm.

550 014 Assorted Pack of 5

C Wallet Store

Organise and file A4 and foolscap documents.

Size: H250 x W370 x D170mm.

550 063 Red Pack of 4

D Curriculum Coloured Filing Boxes

Designed to hold A4 or foolscap documents.

Size: H355 x W85 x D280mm.

550 022 Assorted Colours Pack of 11

E A4 Library Boxes

Library Boxes in three primary colours.

Size: H300 x W105 x D245mm.

550 057 Blue Pack of 10

550 058 Red Pack of 10

550 059 Yellow Pack of 10

F Colour Filing

Boxes

Primary coloured filing boxes designed with the curriculum in mind. These boxes are ideal for creating your own colour coded filing system. The boxes are designed to hold A4 or Foolscap documents.

Size: H355 x W85 x D280mm

781 338 Pack of 6

G School Book Browser

Designed to hold books and magazines (up to 200mm wide) maintaining a ‘face-on’ display for ease of use. Store materials in a colour coded system. Assorted pack of 12, three each of red, yellow, green and blue.

Size: H150 x W210 x D240mm.

550 061 Pack of 12

A

Essential Multi Drawer Cabinets

Cabinets to keep your workspace organised. From forms to stationery, and everything in between, these useful cabinets features fully removable drawers, and are available in both locking and non-locking versions, in 5 Drawer, 10 Drawer and 15 Drawer options.

Dimensions 278W x 408D

429 930 5 drawer, Non Locking, 365mmH

429 931 10 drawer, Non Locking, 605mmH

429 932 15 drawer, Non Locking, 865mmH

429 933 5 drawer, Lockable, 365mmH

429 934 10 drawer, Lockable, 605mmH

429 935 15 drawer, Lockable, 865mmH

B

Essential Double Door Cupboard

Everyday heavy-duty metal storage cupboard. Lockable with three point locking and supplied with two keys. 1830mmH cabinet is complete with 3 adjustable shelves and 1016mmH unit is supplied with 1 shelf.

429 938 1016H x 915W x 476mmD

429 939 1830H x 915W x 476mmD

Secure Storage

Ideal solutions for storing sensitive information. In addition to standard locks, these units have additional deterrent of a locking bar or locking box, for use with Customer’s own padlocks. C

429 936 1321H x 478W x 611mmD

429 937 1830H x 915W x 476mmD

* Cupboard supplied with 3 shelves

429 457 429 458

D

Metal Vertical Filing Cabinets

Express Range heavy-duty filing cabinet, featuring 40kg capacity drawers and inset drawer handle. Cabinets are centrally lockable and supplied with two keys.

Pearl Grey

429 940 2 Dwr, 705H x 460W x 620mmD

429 941 3 Dwr, 1016H x 460W x 620mmD

429 942 4 Dwr, 1321H x 460W x 620mmD

Coffee/Cream

429 943 2 Dwr, 705H x 460W x 620mmD

429 944 3 Dwr, 1016H x 460W x 620mmD

429 945 4 Dwr, 1321H x 460W x 620mmD

Remeber your finish choices: Pearl GreyCoffee / Cream Ranges available in finish: All Filing Cabinets

A

Metal Side Opening Tambour

Space saving high capacity storage, complete with two sliding tambour doors, which are contained within the unit when opened. Supplied with internal ladder racks for a range of adjustable fittings to allow users to specify the internal fittings to their exact requirements. These locking units are supplied empty for fittings to be ordered separately.

429 946 1016H x 1000W x 500mmD

429 947 1524H x 1000W x 500mmD

429 948 1981H x 1000W x 500mmD

429 949 2083H x 1000W x 500mmD

Metal Double Door Cupboard

Space saving high capacity storage, complete with two locking double doors. Supplied with internal ladder racks for a range of adjustable fittings to allow users to specify the internal fittings to their exact requirements. Locking units are supplied empty and fittings ordered separately.

429 950 1016H x 915W x 500mmD

429 951 1524H x 915W x 500mmD

429 952

429 953

x 915W x 500mmD

Static Slotted Shelf Divider

Plain Shelf

Static Slotted Shelf

Pigeon Hole

Fittings

Our Contract Metal Storage offers exceptional value in a great choice of colours. Additional colours are available – please enquire for

Multidrawer Cabinets

Multi-drawers are a traditional and effective form of storage and have a wider range of applications such as storage of small parts/ spare or hobby and craft materials. Add an insert tray and they become ideal units for the home, school, garage and your office.

5 year guarantee

FIRA certified

Locking and Non-Locking options

2 key (mastered series) on locking units

Midi Foolscap Filing Cabinets

Multidrawer Cabinets

Item

cabinet 5

Multidrawer insert trays16 compartments

Multidrawer insert trays8 compartments

Multidrawer insert trays4 compartments

The Midi Filing Cabinet range offers a filing capacity of 2.1 metres of linear storage. The Midi is available in all colour options and provides 40kg suspension file carrying capacity per drawer.

10 year guarantee

FIRA certified

40kg suspension file carrying capacity per drawer

Anti-Tilt Locking Mechanism (unit must be on level ground)

High sided drawers

100% drawer extension

2 key (mastered series)

Midi Foolscap Filing Cabinets

under-desk pedestal (Silver finish only)

Kontrax 2-Door Lockable Cupboards

Kontrax Cupboards offer an economical solution to filing and your storage requirements. These units offer ease of storage, delivery and installation in restricted areas.

5 year guarantee

FIRA certified Lockable

2 key (mastered series)

Full length door stiffeners

Kontrax cupboard internals are supplied in Graphite Grey

Kontrax Side Opening Lockable Tambours

Kontrax Side Tambours are a cost effective, space efficient solution for mixed use office storage. Kontrax provides a range of height options offering versatile use of this product within space planning without compromising budgets.

5 year guarantee

FIRA certified Lockable

2 key (mastered series)

Smooth running track Magnetic handle strip

Lowered plinth on the 690mm height unit allows for increased filing

Additional fitments are available as listed below individual product details. Remember your colour choices:

Kontrax 2-Door Lockable Cupboards

Additional fitments for Kontrax Side Opening Lockable Tambours:

Pigeon Holes (4 x 4)

Drawer

Slotted Shelf & Vertical Dividers Wardrobe Shelf

Kontrax Side Opening Lockable Tambours

Kontrax 2-Door Lockable Cupboards

everyday: metal storage

Executive Range offers stylish and versatile storage, with a wide range of standard units and additional options.

3WK 5YR

Metal Filing Cabinet

• Anti-tilt device fitted as standard

• Accomodates foolscap susupended filing

• 45kg drawer capacity with recessed handle with label holder

• Lockable - supplied with 2 keys

• Grey finish

• W 460 x D 620mm

• 2 Drawer - H 730mm

429 068

• 3 Drawer - H 1024mm

429 069

• 4 Drawer - H 1321mm

429 070

£132.36 each

£142.64each

£151.63each

3WK 5YR

Economy Metal Cupboard

• Two point locking system handle lock and 2 keys

• Supplied empty - storage shelves and filing frames available separa

• Grey finish

• W 914 x D 400mm

• Medium - H 1016mm

429 082

• Tall - H 1829mm

429 083

£172.47 each

£204.48each

3WK 5YR

Metal Cupboard Accessories

• Internal fitments for metal cupboards

• Grey finish

• Storage Shelf

• Maximum load 45kg

429 084

• Lateral Filing Frame

429 085

£18.00each

£31.30each

Atlo Seating and Tables

•

Present Grey / Forecast Grey

Present Grey Maturity Blue Maturity Blue / Range Blue

Elapse Grey

Elapse Grey

Flexible Modular Soft Seating

Chrome frame with protective feet | fully upholstered - one fabric finish as standard| fire retardant CMHR foam | twotone fabric and linking mechanism available POA

One Seater Fullback - No Arms

700w x 700d x 750h x 450 seat height (mm)

432 307

x 700d x 750h x 450 seat height (mm)

One Seater Fullback - With Arms

310 432 308 Two Seater Fullback - No Arms

Three Seater Fullback - No Arms

309

Round and Square Cubes

Fully upholstered | available with tubular Chrome feet or Black nylon glides | 460h (mm)

432 313 Round stool with nylon glides 460 dia

432 314 Round stool with Chrome feet 460 dia

432 315 Square stool with nylon glides 460w x 460d

432 316 Square stool with Chrome feet 460w x 460d

Two Seater Fullback - With Arms

-With

Premium Modular Seating

Seat without Arms

x W610 x D690mm

427 687

Right Arm Seat

x W740 x D690mm

427 689

Left Arm Seat

427 690

Premium Modular Seating

Welcoming and comfortable with so foam seats, these chairs are perfect for reception areas, sta rooms, library and o ce environments. All items are covered in the hardwearing Xtreme fabric group. Xtreme fabrics feature a modern crepe weave and are made from 100% recycled polyester, diverting waste from land ll and saving virgin raw materials.

Available in a wide range of colours to suit any setting. Con gure these modular seats to suit your space.

H775

H775 x W870 x D690mm

688

Armchair

H755

H370

Premium Beam & Square Seating

Beam Seat - 900mm

H450mm x W900mm x D450mm

427 883

Beam Seat - 1200mm

H450mm x W1200mm x D450mm

427 832

841

Premium Dot & Dash Seating

Upholstered in XtremePlus Fabricsother colours/fabrics can be made to order

Beam Seat - 1500mm

H450mm x W1500mm x D450mm 427 833

Tall Cube Seat - H650mm H650mm x W450mm x D450mm

839

H450mm x W1200mm x D600mm 427 835

Bow Seat

H450mm x W1200mm x D600mm

427 836

Bite Seat

H450mm x 600mm Dia.

427 837

Dot Seat

H450mm x 600mm Dia. 427 838 Dash Seat

Office seating solutions

Our selection of visitor chairs are built using steel tubular and solid laminated wood frames.

Conference and Visitor Seating

Soft Seating

Product and Project Advice for Residential Settings

• Wide selection of products for all residential settings from care homes and student accommodation to challenging behaviour environments

Visit our website for a selection of popular residential furniture products

•Complete interior design service

• Survey, measure and audit service

•Colour and materials consultancy

•Delivery and specialist installation

Please call customer services to discuss your requirements

Heavy Duty Wooden Reception Chair

• Natural beech frame

• Stacks up to 4 units high

• Available in Phoenix fabric

Chair 429 042 £137.78each

Armchair 429 043 £140.91each

Low Square Reception Table

Wooden Easy Chair Single Arm

•

•

•

Wooden Easy Armchair with Metal Sub Frame

• Heavy duty sub-frame for extra strength

• Available in Main Line Plus & Advantage fabrics

• Seat height 380mm, Seat depth 400mm

• H 730 x W 540 x D 560mm 504 498 £202.92each

Wooden Coffee Table

• Classic wooden coffee table

• H 330 x D 600mm W

2-Seater with Arms

• H 730 x W

•

Steel Frame Low Easy Chair

Wooden Easy Chair with Metal Sub Frame

• H 730 x W 540 x D 560mm

• Seat height 380mm, Seat depth 400mm

• Steel frame chair with deep padded seat and back

• Black or grey steel frame

• Available in Main Line Plus & Advantage

•

•

•

Steel Frame Coffee Table

Steel Frame Low Easy Armchair

Steel Frame Skid Base Easy Chair •

everyday: reception seating

Giggle Bistro Chair

Sledge base 507 989

4-Leg fixed base 424 439

4-Leg a uto-return b ase 507 990

Fully upholstered sculptured seat and back for exceptional comfort and support

Choice of three polished chrome frames

2-tone upholstery available (POA)

Min 95% recyclable

Giggle Coffee Table

750Ø x365H (mm) 507 822

Chamfered melamine-faced MDF table-tops

Choice of: White, Oak, Maple,Beech or Walnut

Chrome crossover skid frame

100% recyclable

Venus Bistro/Café Chair

Diagonal 4-leg frame 507 991

Curved 4-leg frame 507 992

Space saving, compact design

Ideal for cafés, hotels and leisure areas

Choice of two polished chrome frames

2-tone upholstery available (POA)

Vinyl leather available (POA)

Shown in 2-tone upholstery (at additional cost)

Single Chair

Seating

Versatile, compact design

Supplied with Glides as standard

Chrome legs available (POA)

2-tone upholstery available (POA)

Chrome legs (optional extra) Tub Chair/Sofa

Remember your colour options and fabric choices: (for fabrics see back of catalogue)

2-tone upholstery and non-standard fabrics are offered at additional costs.

2-tone upholstery (at additional cost - POA)

4-leg auto-return base

Solace Tub Chair 507 993

Generous seat, compact footprint

Choice of two leg styles

2-tone upholstery and Vinyl leather available (POA) CMHR foam

Tub Coffee Table (Glass Top)

Tub Coffee Table (Wood Top)

Tub Glass/Wood Top Coffee Tables

Glass440 H x 520W (mm) 507 983

Wood440H x 520W (mm) 507 984

Stylish versatile coffee/side tables

Complement Tub Seating

Supplied with Glides as standard Chrome legs available (POA)

Panel-Leg Coffee Tables

Square600 W x 400H (mm) 507 985

Circular650Ø x 400H (mm) 507 986

Versatile coffee/side tables

Contemporary Panel-leg design Choice of wood effect finishes: White, White Oak, Birch, Beech, Grey and Walnut

Diagonal frame Curved frame

Sledge base 4-leg fixed base

Polished chrome leg Shown in 2-tone upholstery (at additional cost)

Brushed chrome ball foot

Giggle Table Tops:

Chair/Sofa Fabrics:

Giggle Table Legs: White White Chrome Oak MapleBeech Walnut

Panel-Leg Coffee Tables: White Oak Grey Walnut

White

Tub

everyday: reception seating

Boston Arm Chair

• Reversible seat and back Cushions

• Available in Crib 5 brown or grey faux leather

• Seat height 460mm

• H 840 x W 960 x D 870mm

Brown 508 482

Grey 427 903

Ivory 432 088

Lime Green 432 091

Ochre 432 085

Boston 2 Seater Sofa

• Seat height 460mm

• H 840 x W 1550 x D 870mm

£525.10each

£525.10each

£525.10each

£525.10each

£525.10each

Brown 508 483 £690.30each

Grey 427 904 £690.30each

Ivory 432 089

Lime Green 432 092

Ochre 432 086

Boston 3 Seater Sofa

• Seat height 460mm

• H 840 x W 1800 x D 870mm

Brown 427 478

Grey 427 905

Ivory 432 090

Lime Green 432 093

Ochre 432 087

£690.30each

£690.30each

£690.30each

£914.50each

£914.50each

£914.50each

£914.50each

£914.50each

• Reception/residential seating in crib 5 hard-wearing charcoal grey fabric

• Sturdy and durable due to its strong wooden feet

• Seat height 440mm

• Arm Chair

• H 750 x W 850 x D 860mm

428 896

• Two Seater Sofa

• H 750 x W 1370 x D 860mm

428 897

• Three Seater Sofa

• H 750 x W 1760 x D 860mm

428 898

£363.00each

£489.70each

£612.42each

Mathew Sofas

Ochre

4WK 5YR

Tulsa Tub Chair

• Crib-5 faux leather

• Available in dark brown or grey

• H 730 x W 730 x D 620mm

428 428 £332.75each

4WK 1YR

Tulip Tub Chair

• Crib-5 faux leather

• Available in three colours

• H 730 x W 730 x D 620mm Black 428 429 £272.25each Brown Grey

Zest Sofas

• Crib-5 faux leather

• Available in black, brown or grey

• Arm Chair

• H 800 x W 850 x D 730mm

428 432

• Two Seater Sofa

• H 800 x W 1390 x D 730mm

£356.95each

428 433 £453.75each

• Three Seater Sofa

• H 800 x W 1800 x D 730mm

428 434

£619.50each

• Choose from four table shapes

• Perfect for Communal Areas and Breakout Zones

• Premium 32mm round tube legs

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• 380mm table heights

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint as standard

Duraform Light Grey Speckled Paint

High impact and resilient texture spray PU edge

Table height 380mm

Bullnose polished lacquered MDF edge example

Visitor Chairs & Side Chairs

Remember your options or your fabric choices:

Arlo 4 Leg, Stacks 8

Arlo Skid Base, Stacks 6

forget your options:

The Maestro chair is a high-density stacking solution designed to save space without compromising strength.

Capable of stacking up to 38 chairs on a dolly, it’s ideal for flexible environments.

•Optional tablet arm and upholstery available

•Contains 22.5% recycled material

& Non-Linking Glides

Dolly (up to 38

Colours below are stocked with a chrome frame, please visit our website: kieurope.com for our extended colour range.

Shuffle Tilt Top Tables

Tilt top meeting table, which enables the tables to be quickly and easily broken down, reconfigured and stored. Braked castors keep the tables in place when in use, then allow them to be rearranged to suit. Sturdy tilt mechanism prevents accidental activation when in use. Available in a choice of 25mm MFC tops with matching edging, and silver underframe.

429 975 Rectangular H 730 x W 1200 x D 800mm

429 976 Rectangular H 730 x W 1600 x D 800mm

429 977 Rectangular H 730 x W 1800 x D 800mm

429 978 Semi-Circular H 730 x W 1600 x D 800mm

429 979 Circular H 730 x 1200mm Diameter

429 980 Trapeziodal H 730 x W 1600 x D 800mm

Solid Beech frame meeting chairs, with waterfall front edge for added comfort. Upholstered seat and back.

Dimensions H 840 x SH 500 x SW 440 x D 470mm

429 981 Ozone Chair, No Arms

429 982 Ozone Chair, Arms

Ozone

Dont

Chairs Blue Grey Nordic Blue Flannel Black

The Grafton Collection was created to provide flexible, cost-effective, and elegant seating solutions to dynamic environments. Now including a high-density stacking range and tablet arm accessories.

everyday: visitor / meeting chairs

Wood Frame 4-Leg Chairs

No arms 507 913

With arms 507 914

High quality moulded wood frame in light beech effect.

B8S/TG Sled Chair

No arms 508 682

Plastic seat and back.

Available in a range of colours, upholstery options, and with arms. Details on request.

4-Leg Chairs

Fabric seat, stackable, no arms 507 926

Fabric seat, stackable, with arms 507 927

Plastic seat, backrest, with arms 507 928

Plastic seat, with castors 507 929

Remember your fabric and colour choices (see

4-Leg C hairs No arms 507 917

With arms 507 918 Upholstered seat and backrest.

Cantilever Armchair

Upholstered backrest 507 931 Upholstered seat.

Aura 4-Leg Visitor Chair

No arms 507 919 Upholstered seat and backrest.

Cantilever Armchair

Mesh backrest 507 932 Upholstered seat.

Cantilever Multi-Task Chair

No arms 508 096

Contemporary style with steel frame.

Stackable up to 6 chairs

Stackable up to chairs

Stacking Chairs

Topaz Stacking Chair

A superior upholstered chair with a choice of a black steel or chrome frame. Features a rigid moulded back and under seat.

•Chairs can be conveniently stacked up to 6 high

•Red, Blue & Black fabric available

• Fabric and foam conforms to BS7176

ignition source 5

A Black Frame / Blue Fabric

Seat Height: 460mm

H835 x W540 x D540mm

483 529

B Black Frame / Red Fabric

Seat Height: 460mm

H835 x W540 x D540mm

483 528

Black Frame / Black Fabric

Seat Height: 460mm

H835 x W540 x D540mm

483 530

D Chrome Frame / Blue Fabric

Seat Height: 460m m

H835 x W540 x D540mm

483 532

E Chrome Frame / Red Fabric

Seat Height: 460mm

H835 x W540 x D540mm

483 531

F Chrome Frame / Black Fabric

Seat Height: 460m m

H835 x W540 x D540mm

483 533

Mayfair & Grosvenor Chairs

Lightweight and comfortable upholstered chairs with a deep cushioned foam seat and back.

The black steel frame has a useful hand-hold for ease of handling. Deep, high density foam upholstered seat and back (seat cushion depth 60mm) Strong steel frame has side rails for added strength. Stacks up to 8 high with protective feet. Tested to BS:EN1022:2005, BS15373:2007 Test Level 3 and Ignition Source 5

G Mayfair Chairs:

Seat Height: 480mm

H800 x W440 x D540mm

483 377 Blue Chair

508 495 Charcoal Chair

I Trolley:

H800 x W440 x D540mm

427 240

2YRS

H Grosvenor Chairs:

Seat Height: 480m m

H800 x W440 x D540mm

483 379 Blue Chair

508 490 Charcoal Chair

Monza Chair

Exceptionally strong black steel frame with an extra wide, ergonomically shaped polypropylene seat and back rest with useful hand-hold. Trolley stacks up to 24 chairs, meaning minimal storage space is required.

J Linking Chair

Seat Height: 450mm

H784 x W565 x D562mm

Weight: 6.5kg

487 621

K Trolley

H650 x W600 x D300mm

487 652

4WK 5YR

Cantilever Chair

• Skidbase frame

• Upholstered seat and back

• Frame available in grey or black

• Available in Main Line Plus & Advantage fabric

• Please specify your fabric & frame colour choice on your order

• H 830 x W 530 x D 570mm

Cantiliver Chair 499 666 £110.09each

Cantilever Armchair 504 503 £164.27each

4WK 5YR

Chrome Cantilever Stacking Chair

• EPC silver chrome cantilever frame

• Upholstered seat and back

• Stacks up to 4 high

• Available Main Line Plus & Advantage fabrics

• Please specify your fabric & frame colour choice on your order

• H 870 x W 460 x D 480mm

Stacking Chair 499 669 £98.77each

Stacking Armchair 499 670 £130.70each

Tube Frame Chair

• Tube metal frame

• Upholstered seat and back

• Frame available in a choice of grey or black

• Available in Main Line Plus & Advantage fabric

• Please specify your fabric & frame colour choice on your order

• H 830 x W 530 x D 570mm

Stacking Chair 499 667 £94.67each Armchair 504 502 £122.67each

4WK 5YR

Traditional Stacking Chair

• With a deeply padded seat and strong 25mm frame

• Frame available in black, chrome and grey

• Stacks up to 5 high

• Available in Main Line Plus & Advantage fabric

• Please specify your fabric & frame colour choice on your order

• H 780 x SH 460 x W 480 x D 490mm 483 148 £71.19each

WK 5YR

4WK 5YR

Sled Base Stacking Chair

• Sled base chait with upholstered seat and back

• Stacks up to 6 high

• Available in Main Line Plus & Advantage fabric

• Seat height 470mm

• Curved Back Sled Base Stacking Chair

• Overall H 845 x W 515 x D 550mm

499 668

£73.41 each

• Square Back Sled Base Stacking Chair

• Overall H 845 x W 600 x D 550mm

428 910

£78.95 each

4WK 5YR

Edge Stacking Chair

• Versatile chair for meeting rooms, receptions and dining areas

• Contoured seat and breathable backrest for comfort and support

• Edge Stacking Chair

• Stacks up to 30 high on the Edge Stacking Chair Trolley or 10 high freestanding

• Seat height 470mm

• Overall H 820 x W 500 x D 530mm

428 907

£76.82 each

• Edge Stacking Chair with Upholstered Seat Pad

• Padded seat for extra comfort

• Stacks up to 15 high on the Edge Stacking Chair Trolley or 5 high freestanding

• Choose fabric colour from Advantage fabric

• Seat height 480mm

• Overall H 820 x W 500 x D 530mm

428 908

£109.17 each

3WK 5YR

Stacking Chair with Black Frame

• Stackable

• Upholstered seat and back

• Available in Phoenix fabric

• 450mm seat height

• Black Frame

• H 920 x W 470 x D 420mm

Chair 429 029 £51.35each

Armchair 429 030 £74.79each

3WK 5YR

Stacking Chair with Chrome Frame

• Stackable

• Upholstered seat and back

• Available in Phoenix fabric

• 450mm seat height

• Chrome frame

• H 920 x W 470 x D 420mm

Chair 429 031 £54.19each

Armchair 429 032 £79.04each

• Multiple room layout options possible

• 45mm round chunky frame with a 25mm premium hard wearing top

• 740mm height as standard

CONFERENCE TABLES

• Chrome frame/legs

• 25mm MFC tops

• 720mm height

FOLDING

Folding table frame with straight foot in Chrome plated finish. Ideal for meetings, conferences and exhibitions. The plastic blocks allow the tables to be stacked on top of each other without damaging the table top.

1.RECTANGULAR

1200mm x 800mm depth

429

429

429 197 Light Grey

1600mm x 800mm depth

429

429

B. SEMI-CIRCULAR/D -END

1600mm x 800mm depth

429 205 Oak 429 208 Beech

429

429 207 Light Grey

ROUND TUBE LEGS

Meeting tables with removable 60mm tubular legs. Tubular legs screw on to solid base plate to enable easy reconfiguration and portability.

C. RECTANGULAR

1600mm x 800mm depth

D.

E. SEMI-CIRCULAR 1600mm x 800mm

429

F. TRAPEZOIDAL

1600mm x 800mm depth 429

TILT TOP CONFERENCE TABLES

• Premium flip top Silver frame

• Smooth controlled flipping action

• Locking castors for stability

Designed and manufactured in the UK, Millar West's Premium Tilt Top Table Frames incorporate an innovative neutrally pivoted release mechanism, with integrated adjustable dampening. As a consequence, table tops are perfectly balanced to minimise premature opening and closing. The 'flipping action' is controlled and easy to operate. Available in a variety of styles and able to accommodate an extensive range of top shapes and sizes.

A. RECTANGULAR

1400mm x 800mm depth

429

1600mm x 800mm depth

429

429

1800mm x 800mm depth

429

B. SEMI-CIRCULAR/D -END

C. TRAPEZOIDAL

everyday: folding-leg / tilt-top / flip-top tables

A Folding-Leg Tables

B Tilt-Top Tables -

C Flip-Top Tables -

everyday: meeting tables

wide range of shapes with metal or wooden panel legs.

B

D

Four Seater Canteen Table & NP Chairs

• Double or single entry tables available

• Ideal for use in canteen food service areas

• Solid 25mm table top

• Available with a choice of 12 seat colours

• Delivered fully assembled

• 2 years guarantee

Beam Seating

•

•

•

Dining Table & Benches

• Bench style dining sets

• Set comprises of two benches and a table

• Choose from seven different frame colours

• 25mm MDF table top with an BURO edge

• Benches store underneath the table for a tidy environment

• 5 year guarantee

Sturdy 40 x 40mm box section frame

Dining Table & Bench Set

Manufactured from 40 x 40mm metal frame and top is 25mm FSC certified MFC with 2mm ABS edging. Hand built to BS EN 16121:2013 Level 2 British Standard and EU equivalent in respect of strength, durability and stability. Complete with a 5-year warranty.

Height adjustable feet

A Dining room set 1 - including 1 table and 2 benches

Size: H760 x W2200 x D800mm

432 445

C Dining room set 3 - including 1 table and 2 benches

Size: H760 x W1800 x D800mm

432 447

447

447

B Dining room set 2 - including 1 table and 2 benches

Size: H760 x W2000 x D800mm 432 446

446

D Dining room set 4 - including 1 table and 2 benches

Size: H760 x W1600 x D800mm 432 448

Remember your options for your colour choices:

25mm MFC top

Chunky 40 x 40mm frame

The Hatton collection features a sleek design suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.

Now including the poseur height, One Piece Stool in high-back or midi-back.

The entire collection is made using a minimum of 30% recycled polypropylene.

Seating

The Maestro chair is a high-density stacking solution designed to save space without compromising strength.

Capable of stacking up to 38 chairs on a dolly, it’s ideal for flexible environments.

•Optional tablet arm and upholstery available

•Contains 22.5% recycled material

ProductSeat

Colours below are stocked with a chrome frame, please visit our website: kieurope.com for our extended colour range.

One Piece High Back Stool

One Piece Midi Stool

Dont forget your options: Chairs & Stools Powder Blue

† Ash Grey

† Flannel † Iron Grey Rose Blossom Purple Haze Moss Green

Dont forget your options: Chairs

Grey

Flannel Black

Traditional Bench 3 Seater

Dimensions: (H)890mm x (W)580mm x (L)1570mm

497 946 black | brown

482 225 rainbow | green | blue Each

Sturdy Bench 3 Seater

Perfect for any type of environment, and suitable for adults and children aged 7 years and over

Adult

Dimensions: (H)490mm x (W)300mm x (L)1500mm

497 956 black | brown

482 226 rainbow | green | blue Each

Junior

Dimensions: (H)305mm x (W)300mm x (L)1500mm

504 088 black | brown

504 089 rainbow |green|blue Each

Teeny Tot

Dimensions: (H)205mm x (W)270mm x (L)1000mm

713 650 black | brown

713 651 rainbow | green | blue Each

Sloper Bench 3 Seater

Perfect for any type of environment, including schools, parks and gardens

Adult

Dimensions: (H)860mm x (W)700mm x (L)1630mm

504 084 black | brown

504 085 rainbow |green | blue Each

Junior

Dimensions: (H)630mm x (W)550mm x (L)1610mm

504 082 black | brown

504 083 rainbow |green | blue Each

Teeny Tot

Dimensions: (H)520mm x (W)370mm x (L)1000mm

428 602 black | brown

428 603 rainbow | green | blue Each

Reston Bench 3 Seater

Armless bench easily accessible by wheelchair users.Encourages inclusivity as the seat height is similar to that of a wheelchair.

Adult

Dimensions: (H)785mm x (W)250mm x (L)1500mm

497 948 black | brown

482 227 rainbow | green | blue Each

Junior

Dimensions: (H)620mm x (W)410mm x (L)1500mm

499 491 black | brown

483 135 rainbow | green | blue Each

Heavy Duty Picnic Table

Seats up to 6 people. Delivered fully assembled. All benches come ready-made with parasol holes.

Adult

Dimensions: (H)780mm x (W)1200mm x (L)1500mm

497 954 black | brown

482 230 rainbow |green | blue

Each

Junior

Dimensions: (H)610mm x (W)1100mm x (L)1200mm

482 234 black | brown

482 238 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Tiny Tot

Dimensions: (H)1000mm x (W)500mm x (L)1000mm

428 609 black | brown

234 567 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Octobrunch Picnic Table

8 Seater. 38mm Parasol hole. Use for disability access by removing 1 or 2 seats. Weight 120kg. Delivered part assembled.

Dimensions: (H)700mm x (W)2100mm x (L)2100mm

482 689 black | brown

482 690 rainbow |green | blue

Each

Octobrunch Junior Picnic Table

8 Seater, 8mm parasol hole. Weight 100kg.

Dimensions: (H)630mm x (W)2066mm x (L)2066mm

499478 black | brown

499479 rainbow | green | blue

Each

£669.06

£764.64

Wheelchair Friendly Heavy Duty Picnic Table WithExtended Top

The extra length provides table accessibility for wheelchairs and seats up to 6 adults. Wheelchair friendly extended top picnic bench please.

Dimensions: (H)780mm x (W)21200mm x (L)2100mm

497 955 black | brown

482 229 green | rainbow | blue

Each

Ground Fixings

All the benches and tables illustrated can be supplied withground fixings. Must be ordered at the same time as bench or table.

Extended Legs

For soft ground surfaces.

497 959 300mm Set

Ground Plates x 4

For hard ground surfaces e.g. concrete.

497 958 brown | black | blue | green Set of 4

£39.59

Olympic picnic bench

Perfect for any type of environment, and suitable for adults and children aged 7 years and over. Delivered part assembled. Comes ready-made with parasol holes.

Adult

Dimensions: (H)790mm x (W)2100mm x (L)2100mm

504 092 black | brown

504 093 green | blue

Each

Junior

Dimensions: (H)630mm x (W)2100mm x (L)2100mm

504 090 black | brown

504 091 blue |green

Each

Adult Buddy Bench

Designed to encourage community and friendship. The back of the bench is engraved with the wording ‘BuddyBench’. Made from HDPE recycled plastic that does notcorrode, rot or splinter. Delivered part assembled.Sales from our Buddy Benches help support the NSPCC.Dimensions: 2200mm (L) x 430mm (W)x900mm (H).

424 975 black | brown

424 976 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Junior Buddy Bench

Vibrant and fun design to encourage friendship.

Dimensions: (H)600mm x (W)400mm x (L)1850mm

428 610 black | brown

424 974 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Teeny Tot Buddy Bench

Dimensions: (H)550mm x (W)430mm x (L)1800mm

428 611 black | brown

424 973 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Junior Picnic Bench

Our Heavy duty Picnic Bench is available in our full colour range.

Dimensions: (H)610mm x (W)610mm x (L)1200mm

482 234 black | brown

482 238 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Teeny Tot

Dimensions: (H)500mm x (W)1000mm x (L)1000mm

428 609 black | brown

234 567 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Gameboards

To accompany Marmax Heavy Duty and Junior Picnic Tables. Enhances playground activities. Made from foamex board with vinyl print.

499 472 Chess/Snakes and Ladders | Tinytown Chess (x2) |Snakes and Ladders (x2) | Multiplication Table

Each

Delivered flat-pack for simple self-assembly. Secure legs with the Allen key provided.

Jet Black Outdoor Furniture

Upgrade your outdoor furniture with this smart and stylish range. Maintenance free and eco-friendly, the table top and bench seat utilise 100% recycled plastic, extruded into wood effect slats.

Rot-proof and UV resistant, this outdoor range with its black slats, coupled with a smart anodised aluminium frame provides a functional yet contemporary design, suitable for schools, community, hospitality and home. Security fixings can be supplied.

Eco Jet Black Tables

428 989

428 990

1800(L) x 900(W)mm

1500(L) x 900(W)mm

428 991

1250(L) x 900(W)mm

428 992

900(L) x 900(W)mm

Eco Jet Black Benches

428 993

428 994

1800(L) x 330(W)mm 1500(L) x 330(W)mm

428 995

428 996

428 997

x 330(W)mm

x 330(W)mm Security Fixing Kit

1WK 3YR

Aberdeen Round Heavy Duty Picnic Table

• Seats 8. Age 8 years to adult

• Simple bolt together assembly

• Dia. 40mm parasol hole

• Weight 79kg

• Overall H 720 x Dia. 2150mm Tabletop Dia. 1200mm. Timber thickness 30mm

424 421

£484.31each

1WK 3YR

Foster A Frame Heavy Duty Picnic Table

• The tables are pressure treated for long life. The underside of the planks are grooved along the length to help prevent warping and shakes.

• Nuts and bolts are safely recessed

• Delivered flat packed for self assembly

• Parasol hole Dia. 40mm

• Seats 8. Age 8 years to adult

• Weight 57kg

• H 720 x L 1800 x W 1500mm

424 419

£312.70each

1WK 5YR

Guernsey Easy Access Picnic Table

• Made from FSC certified timber

• Designed for easy access. Seats 6 and suitable for ages 8 years to adult

• Dip treated an attractive soft green colour

• Suitable for heavy daily usage in both domestic and commercial settings

• 40mm parasol hole

• Very sturdy and robust with rounded edges for safety

• H 750 x L 1400 x W 1590mm

427 613

£313.10each

1WK 3YR

Parasol

• Quality hardwood and sturdy construction

• Strong pulley opening system

• Available in 7 colours

• Parasol base sold separately

• H 2400 x Dia. 2500mm. Pole Dia. 38mm 499 635

£79.56each

1WK 3YR

Queensbury Teak Classic Bench

• Made from A-grade Teak renowned for its durability

• All joints are mortise and tenon with teak dowels

• H 930mm D 700mm

• 2 Seater Bench

• L 1200mm. Weight 30kg

507 303

• 3 Seater Bench

• L 1500mm. Weight 32kg 507 304

• 4 Seater Bench

• L 1800mm. Weight 35kg 507 305

• 6 Seater Bench

• L 2400mm. Weight 50kg 507 306

£368.08each

£405.06each

£440.88each

£546.06each

1WK

5YR

Oxford Teak Classic Bench

• The Oxford is a chunky and heavyweight bench in the finest grade A teak

• A comfortable generous bench with superb build quality, ensuring decades of service

• When left outside Teak will fade to a silvery grey colour if left untreated. This is perfectly natural and does not affect the structure of the product

• H 940 x W 600mm

• 3 Seater Bench

• L 1500mm

427 012

• 4 Seater Bench

• L 1800mm

427 013

£473.37each

£513.96each

2WK 1YR

Parasol Base

• Fits parasol pole up to 40mm diameter 499 636

£43.27each

RedNavyNatural

Purple GreenLight Green

Black

Curtains & Blinds

We provide a complete solution to all your requirements for curtains and blinds through contract CC16574.

•Roller Blinds

•Vertical Blinds

•Venetian Blinds

•Pleated Blinds

•Traditional Curtains

•Stage Drapes

Contract CC16574

Supply & Fit of Curtains

Supply & Fit Blinds

•Specialist Curtains

•Pre-tendered agreement

•Compliant to safety standards

•Experienced and professional

The Custom Group

Please contact us to arrange a quotation or for more information

Free Flow PVC Curtains

Ideal for Schools and Nurseries

Our child safe PVC curtain system uses no metal and are made from clear medical grade PVC which

427 016 Clear Single 2.3m L 1220 mm W

427 017 Clear Single 2.5m L 1220 mm W

427 018 Clear Double (over 1220 mm W) 2.3m L

427 019 Clear Double (over 1220 mm W) 2.5m L

427 020

427 021

427 022

427 023

between indoor and outdoor environments within schools and nurseries is being increasingly recognised.

Our Free Flow PVC curtains will allow you to see children clearly and maintain a comfortable temperature internally all year round

£182.78

£260.15

£260.15

By installing this unique system, our

to keep the heat in over the winter period reducing your energy bills.

The Free Flow curtains also help to:

•Reduce draughts

•Prevent outdoor debris, rubbish & insects.

SUPPLIER

Safety Assured’s professional request, please call customer

moisture from people’s feet before they enter the building. When combined with an indoor entrance mat, it will provide a highly effective entrance matting system. Choose either our Brush Hog mat with coarse scraping fibres and nitrile rubber backing (B), or Value Rubber Scraper with Holes (A), a rubber mat with drainage holes. Simple to clean with a hose or jet washer.

Waterhog Entrance Mats

Established as the toughest rubber backed mats in the industry, high quality Waterhog entrance mats are designed to cope with heavy traffic areas.The bi-level construction means that dirt and water fall to the lower level of the mat where it cannot be tracked off further into the building.

The Waterhog Classic Mat is a waffle patterned mat available in 3 different colours. State colour option on ordering.

Tri Grip Finishing Mats

Tri-Grip rubber backed mats protect your expensive carpet or floor coverings in high traffic areas such as in front of receptions, lifts or along corridors. They hold onto dirt and moisture so it’s not tracked off onto surrounding floors. Choose gripper backed (G) for carpeted floors or flat backed (F) for hard floors.

Available in three colours, Midnight Blue, Charcoal & Red.

There are four standard sizes as shown below, bespoke sizes can be manufacture on request.

Outdoor Mat

Remove heavy mud and soil before it enters the building. Exterior mats must cope with and remain effective in all kinds of weather.

Entrance Barrier Mat

Removes the dirt and water and keep it in the mat. Waterhog Classic bi-level entrance mats are the most effective at removing dirt, salt, sand and grit in the industry. All Waterhog mats are extremely easy to clean.

Finishing Mat

Mop up any left over dust or moisture. They also protect your flooring

B. Brush Hog

A. Value Rubber Scraper with Holes

Waterhog Classic Colours Blue Red Charcoal

or message on a great looking mat.

• Improve the look of your reception or entranceway with a logo mat.

• Eco-friendly PET fibre consists of 50% recycled plastic bottles.

• Hard wearing mats stop dirt and moisture.

•Fully launderable.

• 100% satisfaction guaranteed.

• Delivered in just 7 days.

Heavy Duty Logo Mats

High definition print in an unlimited choice of 66 colours. Eco-friendly PET yarn and an anti-slip nitrile rubber backing. Supply your artwork or instructions and we will send you a proof to approve. Any size up to 2m x 5.5m available on request.

Non Slip Mats / Kitchen Matting

Comfortable and cleanable traction in kitchens and other wet and greasy areas where slips are more likely. Oil and fat resistant, anti-static nitrile rubber. Significantly reduce the chance of slip and fall accidents. Protect against crockery and bottle breakages. Solid (no holes) option available in 3 sizes, drainable (with holes) option available in two sizes (Comfort Flow). Comfort Flow is anti microbial so will inhibit the growth of bacteria and odours. Easily cleaned with a hose or even in the dishwasher.

Playground Safety Surfacing Matting

All weather polymer safety matting tiles can be fitted together and placed under swings, climbing frames and around play areas. Protects grass areas and protects children from falls. Tested to BS EN1177 critical fall height up to 3m. Each tile is 50x50cm, so 4 tiles are provided per m².Tiles are easily locked together or cut to fit any area or shape. Flame retardent and exceptionally hard wearing with a 10 year warranty.

50 x 504 tiles = 1m² 508 672 50 x 508 tiles = 2m² 508 673

x 5016 tiles = 4m² 508 674

x 5036 tiles = 9m² 508 675

A.Logo Mat

D.Playground Matting

Outdoor Heavy-Duty Logo Mats

Designed for high-traffic areas, the Outdoor Heavy-Duty Logo Mat is made to withstand the elements. The high-quality logo printing ensures your brand stands out with vibrant colours and sharp details.

Berber Logo Mats

Designed to tackle the toughest dirt and debris; raised, sturdy hobnail bumps act as tiny scrubbers, aggressively scraping and trapping dirt from the soles of shoes.

Superscrape Impressions Rubber Logo Mats

Rubber logo mats will keep your floors pristine while showcasing your school or organisation identity. With its durable rubber patterns, it excels at effectively scraping off dirt, debris, and moisture from shoes. This ensures that your floors stay clean and safe minimising the risk of slips and falls.

Marvec BioPVC Chair Mat with Smooth Backing

Designed to protect your floors from the wear and tear of daily office use, the Marvec BioPVC Chair Mat boasts exceptional durability and resilience. Its sturdy construction ensures long-lasting performance, providing a reliable surface for your office chair while maintaining the integrity of your flooring.

Ecotex Enhanced Polymer Rectangular Chair Mat with Smooth Backing

Crafted from enhanced polymer, the Ecotex Enhanced Polymer Rectangular Chair Mat is designed to withstand the rigors of daily office use while safeguarding your floors against scratches, scuffs and chair castor damage.

Wall Art.

Surface graphics for walls, floors and windows.

‘’The wall art has been warmly received and spoken of positively by staff, pupils and parents. We highly recommend.’’

Wilbury Junior

Bring the curriculum to life. From inspirational images and memorable quotations, to periodic tables or historic timelines, we’ll help you find the right approach.

Get in touch with Customer Services today

Ordering Guidelines

Your order form must include;

l Your customer account number

l Product code and description

l Any additional / non standard options of the product such as heights, colours and the feet options of chairs

l Any special delivery instructions

l A contact name and telephone number

Direct order notification letter

An acknowledgement will be sent out to you once we have processed your order. Please check we have interpreted your order correctly. If you are unsure please contact us immediately.

Manufacturer Warranty

We offer information on the length of warranty for our products. Please note this offer is from the manufacturer and comes with terms and conditions. This is to help you make an informed decision.

Deliveries

Please see delivery time symbol for anticipated lead times. During peak times such as summer this can be extended. See our stock range for rapid delivery.

Products unless otherwise specified will arrive fully assembled or be installed upon delivery. If you do not require this please contact us.

Direct Delivery

The six digit product codes for these items are printed in blue 123 456. These items will be delivered directly from our supplier.

Errors and Cancellations

In the event of any issues with your order please contact us immediately.

Ensure you are satisfied with the goods before signing the delivery note, and notify us within 24 hours of any discrepancies. Suppliers are busy in September so order in May for the new school term 2025

ORDER YOUR FURNITURE IN MAY FOR A SEPTEMBER DELIVERY

•Let us know if you are open during the holiday period

•Provide a mobile phone number & site contact

•Do not throw your old furniture away until your delivery has arrived

Summer is the busiest time for manufacturers so we will do our best to fulfill your orders on time

Lucia

Lucia is an ever popular crêpe weave synthetic panel fabric. It’s manufactured from 100% recycled polyester saving virgin raw materials and giving a reduced environmental footprint.

Composition

100% Post Consumer Recycled Polyester

Non metallic dyestuffs

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

Solano YB088 Calypso

Ocean YB100

Bluebell YB097

Scuba YB089 Steel YB095

Martinique YB004 Monserrat YB011

Campeche YB301 Madura YB156

Apple YB096

Aruba YB093 Oyster YB107

Adobo YB165 Rum YB086 Buru YB170

Slip YB094

Tequila YB038

Blizzard YB108 Paseo YB019

Sombrero YB046

Havana YB009

Xtreme is a modern crepe weave fabric made from 100% post-consumer recycled polyester, diverting waste from landfill and saving virgin raw materials.

Composition

100% post-consumer recycled polyester

Non metallic dyestuffs

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

Abrasion Resistance

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee Independently certified to ≥100,000 Martindale cycles

Solano YS072 Tortuga YS168

Lobster YS076

Belize YS105

Tokara YS136

Tobago YS030

Tarot YS084

Cayman YS024 Costa YS026 Ocean

Scuba YS082 Honeymoon YS035

Lombok YS159

Madura YS156

Aruba YS108 Adobo YS165

Rum YS173

Slip YS094

Krabi YS141

Blizzard YS081

Osumi YS171 Sombrero YS046

Bonaire YS172 Padang YS145 Havana YS009

Advantage

Low Hazard commercial seating fabric, Advantage, offers a combination of enduring aesthetic appeal and high performance durability which means it will look good and last for years.

Composition

60% Polypropylene, 30% Wool, 10% Viscose

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

For full technical specifications or to order samples, visit www.camirafabrics.com

Abrasion Resistance

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee

Independently certified to 60,000 Martindale cycles

Tawny AD098 Cinnamon AD111

Red AD014

Cranberry AD005

Grape AD029 Damson AD093 Beetroot AD116

Cobalt AD004

Hobbit AD213

Nightshade AD011

Aztec AD113

Aqua AD002

Kingfisher AD122

Turquoise AD027 Trident AD124

Pewter AD072

Mineral AD010

Granite AD009

Graphite AD066

Charcoal AD028 Black AD055

Citadel

A popular classic, Citadel is a hard-wearing synthetic upholstery fabric with a simple plain weave construction that carries a 10 year guarantee.

Composition

100% Flame Retardant

Polypropylene

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

For full technical specifications or to order samples, visit www.camirafabrics.com

Abrasion Resistance

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee.

Independently certified to ≥30,000 Martindale cycles

Fortress FL821

Redstone

Stillwater FL757

Hamilton FL010

Augusta FL125

Resistance FL830

Abide FL829

Drawbridge FL828

Beacon FL822

Hideaway FL824

Confine FL833

Redoubt FL832

Ralstone FL768

Craven FL019

Main Line Plus

Available in an extensive colour palette, this versatile plain weave fabric gives a smart appearance to most seating styles.

Composition

67% Wool, 20% Flame Retardant Viscose, 13% Viscose

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

For full technical specifications or to order samples, visit www.camirafabrics.com

Abrasion Resistance

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee

Independently certified to ≥50,000 Martindale cycles

Marmalade IF142 Red IF011

Ruby IF101

Bluebell YB097 Matador IF272

Penstemon IF147

Prudence IF250 Royal IF020

Bluenote IF149

Tuscany IF241

Wedgwood IF027

Cressida IF112

Mermaid IF231

Juniper IF084

Aquamarine IF141 Lead IF058

Girder IF276

Charcoal IF000

Black IF059

Xtreme is a modern crepe weave fabric made from 100% post-consumer recycled polyester, diverting waste from landfill and saving virgin raw materials.

Xtreme is a modern crepe weave fabric made from 100% post-consumer recycled polyester, diverting waste from landfill and saving virgin raw materials.

Composition

Phoenix is a cost-effective simple crêpe weave fabric available in a wide selection of commercial colourways, suitable for task seating.

Xtreme is a modern crepe weave fabric made from 100% post-consumer recycled polyester, diverting waste from landfill and saving virgin raw materials.

A popular classic, Citadel is a hard-wearing synthetic upholstery fabric with a simple plain weave construction that carries a 10 year guarantee.

Composition

Composition

Composition

Abrasion Resistance

Abrasion Resistance*

Composition

100% Flame Retardant

Abrasion Resistance

Abrasion Resistance

100% Polyester

100% post-consumer recycled polyester

Polypropylene

100% post-consumer recycled polyester

Non metallic dyestuffs

100% post-consumer recycled polyester

Non metallic dyestuffs

Non metallic dyestuffs

fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee.

Abrasion Resistance

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee

Independently certified to ≥30,000 Martindale cycles

Independently certified to ≥100,000 Martindale cycles

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

Independently certified to ≥100,000 Martindale cycles

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

visit www.camirafabrics.com

Independently certified to ≥100,000 Martindale cycles

Independently certified to ≥100,000 Martindale cycles

Blizzard

Apple

Scuba

Sombrero

Tarot

Montserrat

Paseo

Curacao

Solano

Belize

Taboo

Ocean

Olympic

Calypso

Campeche

Costa

Lobster

Sandstorm

Bluebell

Havana

Guyana

Solano YS072 Tortuga YS168 Lobster YS076

Belize YS105

Tokara YS136 Tobago YS030

Tarot YS084

Cayman YS024 Costa YS026

Ocean YS100

Bluebell YS097 Curacao YS005

Scuba YS082

Honeymoon YS035

Martinique YS004

Windjammer YS047

Tonga YS160 Lombok YS159

Madura YS156 Apple YS096

Appledore YS077

Sandstorm YS071

Aruba YS108 Adobo YS165

Rum YS173 Slip YS094

Krabi YS141

Blizzard YS081

Osumi YS171 Sombrero YS046

Bonaire YS172

Padang YS145 Havana YS009

Solano YS072 Tortuga YS168 Lobster YS076 Belize YS105

Tokara YS136 Tobago YS030

Tarot YS084 Cayman YS024 Costa YS026 Ocean YS100

Bluebell YS097 Curacao YS005

Scuba YS082 Honeymoon YS035

Martinique YS004

Windjammer YS047

Tonga YS160 Lombok YS159

Madura YS156 Apple YS096 Appledore YS077 Sandstorm YS071

Aruba YS108 Adobo YS165

Rum YS173 Slip YS094

Krabi YS141 Blizzard YS081

Osumi YS171 Sombrero YS046

Bonaire YS172 Padang YS145 Havana YS009

YS072 Tortuga YS168 Lobster YS076 Belize YS105

Tokara YS136 Tobago YS030

Cayman YS024 Costa YS026 Ocean YS100

Bluebell YS097

Curacao YS005

YS082 Honeymoon YS035

Martinique YS004

Windjammer YS047 Tonga YS160

Lombok YS159

YS156 Apple YS096

Appledore YS077

Sandstorm YS071

Aruba YS108

Adobo YS165

Slip YS094

Krabi YS141

Blizzard YS081

Osumi YS171

Sombrero YS046

YS172 Padang YS145 Havana YS009

Photographic

Fortress FL821

Redstone FL076

Bingham FL801

Hold FL826

Stillwater FL757

Hamilton FL010

Augusta FL125

Resistance FL830

Abide FL829

Drawbridge FL828

Beacon FL822

Hideaway FL824

Confine FL833

Redoubt FL832

Ralstone FL768

Craven FL019

Chie ain Fabrics

Just Colour

Lupin Blue Steel Cool Blue

Jazzberry Bubblegum Raspberry CrushCandy Deep Rose Cherry BlossomFuchsia

Purple

Jasmine White Elephant Gunmetal Grey

Magnum Almond Pecan

Golden Honey Sunblush Marigold

Pear Wasabi Citrus Green Eden

Rainforest Moss Dijon

Scrubs Applemint Sea Green Teal

Ocean Blue Aquamarine Likoni

Please call customer services to arrange a free site survey

We have received fantastic support and advice throughout the project and are delighted with the workmanship. Their team of installers are very efficient.

PROJECT ADVICE

Our industry experts take the time to understand your vision

•Extensive range of products to suit every budget

•Managing school projects for over 60 years

•CAD drawings

•3D renders

•Space planning

Catherine Franchi School Business Manager, Selborne School

Easels from page 303

Whiteboards from page 300

Essentials Range from page 292

Mini Whiteboards from page 329

Flipchart Easels

Tripod Flipchart Easel

• Freestanding and height adjustable

• Dry wipe magnetic surface with pen tray

• Flipchart clips to display A1 flipchart pad

Board Size: H1000 x W680mm

Max Height: 1850mm Weight: 8kg

Telescopic Tripod Flipchart Easel

• Telescopic leg height adjustable

• Dry wipe magnetic surface with full width pen tray

• Flipchart clamp to display A1 flipchart pad

Board Size: H1000 x W680mm

Max Height: 1850mm Weight: 10kg

Loop Leg Flipchart Easel

• Fully height adjustable

• Double sided dry wipe magnetic surface with pen tray

• Board can be fixed at your desired angle

• Flipchart clips to display A1 flipchart pad

• Optional carry bag available

Board Size: H860 x W650mm

Max Height: 1720mm Weight: 7.15kg

Black Blue

Non-magnetic

• Double sided board

Aluminium Frame Whiteboards

• One side ultra smooth surface, other side feint 20mm grid

• Includes pen tray

• Concealed corner fixings

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 351

900 x 1200 413 352

1200 x 1800 413 353

Magnetic Coated Steel

• Plain magnetic coated steel surface

• Includes pen tray

• Concealed corner fixings

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 354

900 x 1200 413 355 1200 x 1800 413 356

Dual Board

• Dual dry wipe whiteboard surface and felt noticeboard

• Includes pen tray

• Concealed corner fixings

• 4 colour options

x W mm

900 x 600 413 357

900 x 1200 413 358

1200 x 1800 413 359

Options

Dual Surface

Coated Steel

Dual Board

H

Blue Grey Red Green Colour

Unframed Noticeboards

•Standard frameless felt noticeboard, suitable for pins

• Mount portrait or landscape

•Capped through the board fixings supplied

•4 colour options

Aluminium Framed Noticeboards

•Anodised aluminium frame

•Felt cloth suitable for pins

•Concealed corner fixings

•4 colour options plus Cork

Eco-Friendly Noticeboards

•Constructed from a large proportion of recycled materials

•Contoured 35mm frame in Light

Oak finish

•Supplied with fixing kit

•4 colour options plus Cork

Blue

Tamperproof Noticeboards

Tamperproof Noticeboard

•Aluminium lockable frame

•Secures with 2 matching locks

•Felt cloth board for use with pins

•Concealed corner fixings

•Larger size has 2 doors

•4 colour options

H x W mm

Single Door

900 x 600 413 369

900 x 1200 413 370

Double Door

1200 x 1800 413 371

£67.68

Wider choice available in the Metroplan section on p.XX p.1589

Exterior Showcase

•Comply with the IP55 test for dust and water ingress

•Aluminium frame

•Top hinged lockable doors with support stays

•Available in blue loop nylon

H x W mm

750 x 537 413 372

750 x 967 413 373

1050 x 752 413 374

Blue Grey Red Green

Height Adjustable Mobile Noticeboard

•Double sided mobile pinboard

• Blue felt cloth board suitable for pins

• Mounted on white frame with locking castors

•Height adjustable

• Panels can be mounted landscape or portrait

Height Adjustable Mobile Whiteboard

• Double sided mobile whiteboard

• Mounted on white frame with locking castors

• Height adjustable

• Panels

be mounted landscape or portrait

Folding Display Panel Systems

LightFolding Exhibition System

Plastic edged panels snap together for easy assembly. Panels have grey plastic trim with blue loop nylon fabric suitable for pins and hook fasteners.

Portrait Tabletop Display

• 3 portrait panels with header

• Includes free carry bag

Board Size: H1100 x W1800mm Weight: 4kg

6 Panel Display

• 6 portrait panels

Board Size: H1800 x W1800mm Weight: 8.5kg

Wider choice available in the Metroplan section on p.XX p.1594

Tabletop Display Freestanding Display

7 Panel Display

• 7 portrait panels with plinth top

Board Size: H1800 x W1800mm Weight: 13.7kg

Landscape Tabletop Display

• 3 landscape panels with header

• Includes free carry bag

Board Size: H800 x W1800mm

Weight: 3kg

8 Panel Display

• 8 portrait panels

Board Size: H1800 x W2400mm Weight: 11kg

Portrait Landscape

Wall Mounted A4 Poster Frames

•‘Snap‘ mechanism to open and close the frame

• Anti-glare UV resistant cover

• Mount portrait or landscape

• Choose from either blue coloured or aluminium frame

Easy snap mechanism Protect your posters Smart snap frames

Wider choice available in the Metroplan section on p.XX

Wider choice available in the Metroplan section on p.XX p.1584 p.1583

Indoor A1 Aluminium A Frame

• Free standing double sided poster A frame

• ‘Snap‘ mechanism to open and close the frame

• Folds flat for greater portability and storage

• Anti-glare UV resistant

Literature Display

Expanda-stand™ Solo

These attractive coloured leaflet dispensers are supplied in 3 popular leaflet sizes: 1/3 A4, A5 and A4.

The individual pockets clip together and simply hang on the wall bracket provided.

Pocket capacity is 28mm

• Available to fit A4, A5 & 1/3 A4 leaflets

Wider choice available in the Metroplan section on p.XX

Expanda- Stand Leaflet Display Range

• Clear Acrylic Pockets

Wider choice available in the Metroplan section on p.XX

Frameless Whiteboards

WriteOn® Colour Edged Whiteboards

A stylish and affordable non-magnetic whiteboard with tough coloured ABS edging. The board mounts flush to the wall giving a modern finish. Simple through the board fixings with matching coloured screwcaps. Mount white-edged boards together to create a whiteboard wall.

• Non-magnetic double sided board

•One side plain, one side with feint 20mm Guideline® grid to assist writing

• Matching coloured corner fixings supplied

• Low profile 2mm edging

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 393

900 x 1200 413 394

1200 x 1200 413 395

1200 x 1500 413 396

1200 x 1800 413 397

1200 x 2400 413 398

WriteOn® Whiteboard Wall

Create a continuous drywipe wall.

• Tough ABS white edged whiteboards mount flush to the wall

• Simple through the board fixings

• Double sided board featuring one side plain and one side with feint Guideline® on the reverse

• Low profile 2mm edging

H x W mm

576 x 876 413 949

876 x 1176 413 950

1176 x 1176 413 951

1176 x 1476 413 952

1776 x 1779 413 953

1176 x 2376 413 954

WriteOn® frameless magnetic whiteboard

A framless magnetic whiteboard that enables you to create a continuous dry wipe whiteboard wall that accepts magnets by mounting boards next to each other.

• Template supplied for easy installation

• Can be mounted portrait or landscape

• Pen tray supplied

Yellow Black White Blue Red Green

Accepts Magnets

WriteOn® Non-Magnetic Dual Surface

This dual surfaced board has a plain surface on one side and feint Guideline® grid surface on the reverse. Ultra smooth surface makes erasing easy and reduces ghosting. Supplied with fixings and pen tray.

• Aluminium frame

• Non-magnetic double sided board

• One side plain, one side with feint 20mm Guideline® grid to assist writing

• Corner fixings supplied

• Includes pen tray

H x W mm

450 x 600 413 402

900 x 600 413 403

900 x 1200 413 404

1200 x 1200 413 405

1200 x 1500 413 406

1200 x 1800 413 407

1200 x 2400 413 408

£27.56

£39.48

£59.15

Aluminium Whiteboards

WriteOn® Magnetic Coated Steel

Magnetic drywipe surface. The 5 year guarantee applies to the board surface.

• Corner fixings supplied

• Includes pen tray

H x W mm

450 x 600 413 410

900 x 600 413 411

900 x 1200 413 412

1200 x 1200 413 413

1200 x 1500 413 414

1200 x 1800 413 415

1200 x 2400 413 416

WriteOn® Magnetic Vitreous Enamel Steel

Vitreous Enamel Steel is the most hard wearing whiteboard surface, Recommended for heavy use. The 25 year guarantee applies to the board surface.

• Magnetic VES hardwearing board surface

• Corner fixings supplied

• Includes pen tray

H x W mm

450 x 600 413 419

900 x 600 413 420

900 x 1200 413 421

1200 x 1200 413 422

1200 x 1500 413 423

1200 x 1800 413 424

1200 x 2400 413 425

Accepts Magnets

Accepts Magnets

Stylish Whiteboards

WriteOn® Glass Magnetic Whiteboard

The ultimate in contemporary drywipe presentations. The ultrasmooth surface cleans easily with no ghosting. Made from toughened safety glass with a steel back.

• Superior quality glass board with quality finish

• Chrome mounts ‘float’ the board away from the wall

• Available in a choice of 10 sizes up to 2.4 metres wide

• Accepts 25mm super strength neodinium magnets

• Optional matching glass pen tray available

H x W mm

500 x 500 413 457

600 x 450 413 458 900 x 600 413 459

1000 x 650 413 460 1200 x 900 413 463 1200 x 1200 413 464

1000 x 1500 413 461

1000 x 2000 413 462

1200 x 1800 413 465

1200 x 2400 413 466 Pen tray 413 467

WriteOn® Eco-Friendly Whiteboards

Quality whiteboards constructed from a large proportion of recycled materials.

• Economical environmentally friendly choice

• Contoured 35mm frame in Light Oak.

• Non-magnetic surface

x 1500 413 430 1200 x 1800 413 431 1200 x 2400 413 432

Cygnet Flipchart Easel

The Cygnet flipchart easel is an affordable easel with premium features.

• Magnetic dry wipe surface

• Adjustable flip pad holders

• Rear leg brace

• Clip on pen tray

Board Size: H1000 x W700mm

Max Height: 1850mm

Weight: 8kg

Cygnet Easel 413 347

Flipchart Easels

Hawk Flipchart Easel

The Hawk offers great stability and style at an affordable price.

• Height Adjustable

• Rear leg tie bar

• Telescopic legs

Board Size: H1000 x W680mm

Max Height: 1850mm Weight: 10kg

Accepts Magnets Accepts Magnets

Magnetic Flipchart Easels

Buzzard Mobile Flipchart Easel

The Buzzard is an easily moveable, springloaded height adjustable easel. With two side arms for displaying completed sheets and adjustable flip pad hangers.

•Magnetic dry wipe surface

• Sturdy star base with 5 lockable castors

• Fully height adjustable

• Full width pen tray

• Adjustable flip pad hangers

Board Size: H1000 x W680mm Max Height: 1900mm

14.5kg

Quatro Flipchart Easel

A premium and stylish feature-packed easel, can be used either standing or seated. Back feet have wheels for easy movement. Integrated rear carry handle aids lifting and carrying.

•Excellent for children & wheelchair friendly

• Side arm for displaying completed sheets

• Light construction

Board Size: H1000 x W700mm

Max Height: 1920mm Weight: 11kg

Quatro 413 449

Accepts Magnets

Magnetic Flipchart Easels

Ultimate Loop Leg

One of our best selling flip chart models with many practical features. This easel is fully height adjustable and can be reduced down for use on a desktop. The Writeon® whiteboard is double sided and can be tilted to an angle suitable for writing. The loop leg base doubles as a stabilising foot bar.

• Double sided magnetic whiteboard

• Loop leg base

• Fully height adjustable

• Whiteboard angle can be tilted

Board Size: H860 x W650mm

Max Height: 1720mm

Weight: 7.15kg

Blue 413 473

Red 413 474

Green 413 475

Grey 413 476

Black 413 477

White 413 478

Carry Bag 413 479

WriteOn® 3 in 1 Combination

Mobile Board

This popular mobile combination board is a practical, space-saving and budgetfriendly presentation tool. The boards are height adjustable and double sided. One side has a magnetic whiteboard with a clamp for displaying flipchart pads and the other has a pinnable board on the reverse.

• Double sided boards - one side whiteboard, one side felt pin board

• Integrated flipchart holder on whiteboard side

• Whiteboard surface accepts magnets

• Stable powder coated steel frame with 4 castors (2 locking)

Blue only H x W

1200 x 700 413 513

Grey Board H x W

1200 x 700 413 514

1000 x 1000 413 515

Grey Board Colour Options

BEST SELLER

Freestanding Display

Flipchart clamp

Blue

Freestanding Mobile Noticeboards/Whiteboards

Write-Angle Revolving Whiteboards

Versatile mobile whiteboard with dual action pivoting board.

Double sided whiteboard that can pivot on either its horizontal or vertical axis, enabling both sides to be used, or the surface angled towards the audience. vailable with either a coated steel writing surface that has the advantage of accepting magnets, or non-magnetic surface that is one side plain, one side gridded, with a 20mm feint grid.

• A choice of 5 sizes available, up to 1.8m wide. all with a sturdy steel frame and 4 castors, 2 of which are locking.

H x W mm

Guideline® Laminate

900 x 1200 414 123

1200 x 900 414 124

1200 x 1200 414 125

1200 x 1500 414 126

1200 x 1800 414 127

Magnetic Coated Steel

900 x 1200 414 128

1200 x 900 414 129

1200 x 1200 414 130

1200 x 1500 414 131

1200 x 1800 414 132

WriteOn® Revolving Mobile Whiteboard

Double sided Whiteboards that can pivot to the desired angle. Range of 5 sizes up to 1.8m wide. For use with drywipe pens. 2 drywipe surface options - Guideline® or Magnetic. Guideline® - 20mm feint grid one side, plain on the other.

Magnetic - Coated steel writing surface, which accepts magnets. One side plain, one side gridded

• Simple self assembly

• Rotates through horizontal axis

• Lightweight frame with 4 castors, 2 locking

• Full width pen tray

H x W mm

Guideline® Laminate

900 x 1200 413 493

1200 x 900 413 494

1200 x 1200 413 495

1200 x 1500 413 496

1200 x 1800 413 497

Magnetic Coated Steel

900 x 1200 413 498

1200 x 900 413 499

1200 x 1200 413 500

1200 x 1500 413 501

1200 x 1800 413 502

Freestanding Mobile Noticeboards/Whiteboards

WriteOn® Height Adjustable Mobile Whiteboards

An anodised aluminium sturdy white frame supports the double sided dry wipe board.

• Height adjustable in 210mm increments

• 4 castors, 2 locking

• Panels can be mounted portrait or landscape

Height Adjustable Mobile Noticeboards

Double sided mobile pinnable panels framed in anodised aluminium and mounted on sturdy white frame with locking castors.

• Height adjustable panels

• Mount either portrait and landscape Board

Aluminium A Frames

A freestanding double sided poster frame that folds flat for easy portability and storage.

• External version has weatherproof seals

• Contents are protected by anti-glare UV resistant covers.

BusyGrip® Poster Display Frames

Wide range of popular sized poster frames finished in satin anodised aluminium or in a choice of 5 colours.

• Frames simply snap open and closed to change the poster

• Poster is protected by anti glare UV resistant cover

• Mounts portrait or landscape with fixings provided

• 25mm frame

Aluminium Frame H x W mm

A4 297 x 210 413 962

A4 Pack of 10 413 961

A3420 x 297 413 880

A2594 x 420 413 881

A1840 x 594 413 882

A0 1189 x 840 413 883

B2 700 x 500 413 884

B11000 x 700 413 885

Packs of 5 H x W mm

A4 297 x 210 413 886

A3 420 x 297 413 887

Coloured Frame H x W mm

A4 297 x 210 413 888

A3 420 x 297 413 889

A2 594 x 420 413 890

A1 840 x 594 413 891

A0 1189 x 840 413 892

B2 700 x 500 413 893

B1 1000 x 700 413 894

£14.44

£79.07

Poster Frames

£38.06

A4 Fire Resistant Poster Frame

Aluminium Fire Resistant Frame Frame is fire classified for EN13501-1 Class B s1 d0. Bayer B1 fire resistant anti-reflex poster protection. Perfect for educational, commercial and public places.

Aluminium Fire Resistant Frame A4 297 x 210 413 963

Locking Poster Frames

These weather resistant locking poster cases are designed to take standard paper sizes.

• Clips inside the case hold paper securely

• Single lock on 3 smaller sizes, 2 on the rest.

H x W mm

A4 297 x 210 413 895

A3420 x 297 413 896

A2594 x 420 413 897

A1840 x 594 413 898

A0 1189 x 840 413 899

B2 700 x 500 413 900

External poster frame with opening tool included

External Poster Frames

This snap frame is fitted with a weatherproof seal. High strength springs prevent tampering.

• Unique tool (supplied) required to open the frame

• UV protective film prevents fading

B1 1000 x 700 413 901 H x W mm

A4 297 x 210 413 902

A3420 x 297 413 903

A2594 x 420 413 904

A1840 x 594 413 905

A0 1189 x 840 413 906

B2700 x 500 413 907

1000 x 700 413 908

Standard Felt Noticeboards

Felt Range

Our standard Felt range is a traditional felt cloth designed for use with pins.

Felt Unframed Noticeboards

Simple frameless design.

• Mounts through the board with fixings (supplied)

* 3 larger sizes supplied in 2 parts

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 570

900 x 1200 413 571

1200 x 1200 413 572

1200 x 1500* 413 573

1200 x 1800* 413 574

1200 x 2400* 413 575

Felt Aluminium Frame Noticeboards

Smart and durable aluminium frames complement the traditional felt cloth.

• Aluminium frame has concealed corner fixings (supplied)

• Mount portrait or landscape

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 576

900 x 1200 413 577

1200 x 1200 413 578

1200 x 1500 413 579

1200 x 1800 413 580

1200 x 2400 413 581

Felt Tamperproof Noticeboards

Market leading range of tamperproof noticeboards designed to protect your displays. Lockable noticeboards with sturdy high quality locks and hinges. Larger sizes have 2 doors.

• Traditional felt board covering

• 2 matching locks per door

• Supplied complete with fixings

Single Door H x W mm

900 x 600 413 582

1200 x 900 413 583

1200 x 1200 413 584

Double Door H x W mm

1200 x 1800 413 585

1200 x 2400 413 586

Felt Colour Options

Blue Burgundy Red Grey Green

ColourPlus® Unframed Noticeboards

Simple unframed styling with through the board fixings.

* 3 larger sizes supplied in 2 parts

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 587

900 x 1200 413 588

1200 x 1200 413 589

1200 x 1500* 413 590

1200 x 1800* 413 591

1200 x 2400* 413 592

ColourPlus® Noticeboards

Range

£33.29

£44.38

£53.90

£62.89

ColourPlus® Aluminium Frame Noticeboards

Smart and durable aluminium frames complement the vibrant ColourPlus® loop nylon boards.

• Aluminium frame has concealed corner fixings (supplied)

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 593

900 x 1200 413 594

1200 x 1200 413 595

1200 x 1500 413 596

1200 x 1800 413 597

1200 x 2400 413 598

ColourPlus® Tamperproof Noticeboards

These tamperproof noticeboards will protect your displays. Lockable noticeboards with sturdy high quality locks and hinges. Larger sizes have 2 doors.

• 2 matching locks per door

• Supplied complete with fixings

Single Door H x W mm

900 x 600 413 599

1200 x 900 413 600

1200 x 1200 413 601

Double Door H x W mm

1200 x 1800 413 602

1200 x 2400 413 603

Range

Our ColourPlus® noticeboard range is designed to stand out from the crowd. 6 vibrant colours will liven up your workspace or classroom.

ColourPlus® is a loop nylon fabric designed to work with both pins and hook fasteners. Choose from Frameless, Aluminium Frame or Tamperproof versions.

Magenta Lilac Purple Apple Orange Cyan

Fade Resistant Noticeboards

Fade Resistant Unframed Noticeboards

Simple frameless design

• Ideal for use in areas that have high levels of sunlight as the fabric used has non-fading capabilities

H x W mm

900 x

larger sizes supplied in 2 parts

Fade Resistant Aluminium Frame Noticeboards

Smart and durable aluminium frames complement the fade resistant felt cloth.

• Aluminium frame has concealed corner fixings (supplied)

• Mount portrait or landscape

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 604

900 x 1200 413 605

1200 x 1200 413 606

1200 x 1500 413 607

1200 x 1800 413 608

1200 x 2400 413 609

Fade Resistant Tamperproof Noticeboards

Market leading range of tamperproof noticeboards designed to protect your displays. Lockable noticeboards with sturdy high quality locks and hinges.

• Fade resistant felt board covering

• 2 matching locks per door

• Supplied complete with fixings

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 616

1200 x 900 413 618

1200 x 1200 413 619

1200 x 1800 413 620

1200 x 2400 413 621

Blue Burgundy Red Grey Green

Fade

Eco-Colour® Unframed

Resist-A-Flame® Noticeboards

These modern frameless boards are practical and lightweight. Mount them side by side to create a noticeboard wall.

• Produced using recycled material

• Pinnable noticeboards with no cloth covering

• Suitable for mounting in corridors

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 915

900 x 1200 413 916

1200 x 1200 413 917

1200 x 1500 413 918

1200 x 1800 413 919

1200 x 2400 413 920

Eco-Colour® Resist-a-Flame® Noticeboards

Resist Flame

Eco-Colour® is an incredibly versatile material with many valuable properties. Produced using over 50% recycled and is fully recyclable. Eco-Colour® is a lightweight, colourful, pinnable product that also has sound-absorbing qualities. Eco-Colour® forms part of our Resist-a-Flame® range as it is fully tested and classified to European ‘Reaction to Fire’ test standard enabling use in sensitive public areas such as corridors, stairways and entrances. Core complies with BS-EN13501-1.

Eco-Colour® Aluminium Frame

Resist-A-Flame® Noticeboards

Smart and durable aluminium frames finish off the Eco-Colour® boards with style.

• Produced using recycled material

• Pinnable noticeboards with no cloth covering

• Suitable for mounting in corridors

• Mounts through concealed corner fixings

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 648

900 x 1200 413 649

1200 x 1200 413 650

1200 x 1500 413 651

1200 x 1800 413 652

1200 x 2400 413 653

A typical 900 x 1200mm board contains

33 x 25g recycled plastic bottles

Eco-Colour® Tamperproof

Resist-A-Flame® Noticeboards

Lockable noticeboards with sturdy high quality locks and hinges.

• Produced using recycled material

• Clear covers tested separately to BS476 Part 7 and classified as Class 1.

• Pinnable noticeboards with no cloth covering

• Suitable for mounting in corridors

• 2 matching locks per door

• Supplied complete with fixings

Single Door H x W mm

900 x 600 413 654

1200 x 900 413 655

1200 x 1200 413 656

Double Door H x W mm

1200 x 1800 413 657

1200 x 2400 413 658

Eco-Colour® Resist-a-Flame®

Corridor Tamperproof Noticeboards

Ideal for use in corridors

Complies with public area building regulations

Preferred Fire Retardant Product

Eco-Colour® Resist-a-Flame®

Corridor Tamperproof Noticeboards

Market leading range of fire resistant covered noticeboards designed to protect your displays.

Made in the UK, these models meet the guidelines set in the BB100 document for safeguarding against fire in schools. Top hinged models have door support stays and are compliant to the latest building regulations for corridor applications.

• Two locks with matching keys

Top Hinged with Support Stays

H x W mm

600 x 900 413 659

900 x 900 413 660

900 x 1200 413 661

1200 x 900 413 662

1200 x 1200 413 663

900 x 1800* 413 664

1200 x 1800* 413 665

1200 x 2400* 413 666

* Double door top hinged models are supplied in 2 panels for ease of installation.

3 3

Made to Order

Resist Flame

Resist-a-Flame® noticeboard construction has been tested and classified to European ‘Reaction to Fire’ test standard and is suitable for use within sensitive public areas such as corridors, stairways and entrances.

The cloth and pinboard core assembly is classified as B according to BS-EN 13501-1.

This identifies that these products can be used in the same areas as products tested to BS476 Parts 6 & 7 and classified as 0.

Lockable models have clear covers tested separately to BS476 Part 7 and classified as Class 1.

Shield® Open Noticeboards

A premium range of aluminium framed noticeboards with a distinctive contemporary styling.

• Available in satin aluminium or 5 attractive frame colours and wood effect

• Concealed corner fixings

• Part of the Shield® co-ordinated range of display products

• Loop Nylon board

Aluminium framed

Loop Nylon H x W mm

900 x 600 413 673

900 x 1200 413 674

1200 x 1200 413 675

1200 x 1800 413 676

1200 x 2400 413 677

Coloured and wood effect frame

Loop Nylon H x W mm

900 x 600 413 693

900 x 1200 413 694

1200 x 1200 413 695

1200 x 1800 413 696

1200 x 2400 413 697

Shield® Tamperproof Noticeboards

The Shield® Tamperproof offers contemporary styling, coloured frame options and heavy duty construction.

• 3mm heavy duty PET covers

• Two keyed locks on each unit

• Concealed hinges, and concealed wall fittings

Aluminium Framed

Loop Nylon Single Door H x W mm

900 x 600 413 683

900 x 1200 413 684

1200 x 1200 413 685

Aluminium Framed

Loop Nylon Double Door H x W mm

1200 x 1800 413 686

1200 x 2400 413 687

Coloured and wood effect frame

Loop Nylon Single Door H x W mm

900 x 600 413 703

900 x 1200 413 704

1200 x 1200 413 705

Coloured and wood effect frame

Loop Nylon Double Door H x W mm

1200 x 1800 413 706

1200 x 2400 413 707

Shield® Design Noticeboards

Shield® Design Resist-Flame Noticeboards

Shield® Aluminium Noticeboards

The premium Shield® range is available in a smart and contemporary aluminium light oak wood effect finish, 5 coloured framed options and standard aluminium.

• Concealed corner fixings supplied

• Can be mounted portrait or landscape

• Supplied as part of our Eco-Colour® range

Shield® Tamperproof Noticeboards

The Shield® Tamperproof offers premium contemporary styling, and a choice of framed finishes.

• Heavy duty construction.

• 3mm heavy duty PET covers

• Two keyed locks on each unit

• Concealed hinges, and concealed wall fittings

413 690 Aluminium Framed

x 1800 413 691

x 2400 413 692

Eco-Friendly Noticeboards

This popular range of Eco-Friendly noticeboards are constructed from a large proportion of recycled materials.

• Smart contoured 35mm frame

• Attractive frame in Light Oak finish

Felt Colours & Cork H x W mm

900 x 600 413 554

900 x 1200 413 555

1200 x 1200 413 556

1200 x 1500 413 557

1200 x 1800 413 558

ColourPlus® Loop Nylon H x W mm

900 x 600 413 560

900 x 1200 413 561

1200 x 1200 413 562

1200 x 1500 413 563

1200 x 1800 413 564

1200 x 2400 413 565

Eco-Friendly Eco-Colour® Noticeboards

Eco-Friendly Noticeboards

A range of Eco-Friendly noticeboards with Eco-Colour® board infills.

• 35mm wide frames are made almost entirely from timber industry bi-products

• Eco-Colour® core has sound absorbing qualities with an NRC rating up to 0.8

• Pinboard surface has no fabric and is made from recycled material

• Boards can be mounted portrait or landscape with concealed fixings provided £34.67

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 566

900 x 1200 413 567

1200 x 1800 413 568

1200 x 2400 413 569

Light Oak Frame

Light Oak Frame with Eco-Colour® board

Magenta Lilac Purple Apple Orange Cyan

Blue GreyCork

Red Green

Colour Options

Felt Colours & Cork

ColourPlus® Loop Nylon

Shield® Exterior Showcases

Aluminium Shield® Exterior Showcases

Popular Shield® Exterior range is available with a choice of 7 frame finishes including Light Oak wood effect.

• High quality finish, manufactured in the UK

• Independently tested showcase certified to IP55 standard for water and dust ingress

• Available as post-mounted or wall mounted

BusyFold® Exhibition and Display Systems

BusyFold® Tabletop Display

Portrait Tabletop Display

• 3 portrait panels with header

• Includes free carry bag

Board Size: H1100 x W1800mm

Weight: 4kg

Black Frame 413 964 Grey Frame 413 965

Landscape

•

BusyFold® Light Kit with Plastic Frame

• Sturdy plastic hinges

• 2 halves and header panels snap together 6

BusyFold®

Panel

• Sturdy

Landscape Tabletop Display

• 3 landscape panels with header

• Includes free carry bag

Board Size: H800 x W1800mm Weight: 3kg

Black Frame 413 966 Grey Frame 413 967

BusyFold® Panel Range

Our BusyFold® range of exhibition and display panels are durable, smart and sturdy. Designed to be easily put together with minimum fuss, these double sided panels will give your displays a professional finish, time after time. Choose from 13 different Loop Nylon colour options detailed above.

BusyFold® Heavy Duty Kit with Aluminium Frame

Panel

x 1000mm, header 700 x 200mm

• Interlocking gear hinge mechanism

• 2 halves lock together with sliders

Black Frame

Grey Frame

Colour Options

Royal Twin Red Emerald YellowBurgundy Black

Orange Lilac Cyan PurpleMagenta Apple

Simple Self Assembly

MightyBoard Heavy Duty Display System

Our MightyBoard Display system is perfect if you want to create a large semipermanent display.

• Our largest display panel size of up to 1800 x 1200mm.

• Overall height 1800mm

• Choice of 13 loop nylon colours with grey frame

Grandstand Expandable Display

New lightweight pole and panel display system. Large 900 x 900mm or 900 x 1200mm panels can be mounted portrait or landscape. 2 piece poles in lightweight steel. 2 header panels per kit - 1 in colour matched loop nylon, 1 with black one side/white on reverse for your own lettering. Choice of 14 loop nylon colours.

Grandstand Kit A

6 x 900 x 900mm panels. 2 x 900 x 200mm header panels. Overall size: 2000(H) x 2700mm(W). Over 5 square metres of display area, both sides.

Grandstand Kit B

3 x 1200 x 900mm panels. 2 x 1200 x 200mm header panels. Overall size: 2000(H) x 3000mm(W). Over 3 square metres of display area, both sides.

Royal Twin Red Emerald YellowBurgundy Black Orange Lilac Cyan PurpleMagenta Apple

Triple Safety Screens

This popular mobile screen system is supplied as a set of 3 panels complete with 2 way linking strips and castor feet, for a combination of maximum stability and mobility.

• Removable linking strips so panels stack together for easy storage.

• Lockable castors

Panel Size (x3) H x W mm Black Trim

1225 x 1200 413 777

1525 x 1200 413 778

1825 x 1200 413 779

Panel Size (x3) H x W mm Grey Trim

1225 x 1200 413 780

1525 x 1200 413 781

1825 x 1200 413 782

Display Systems

BusyScreen® Curve

Rounded Divider Screens

A range of freestanding screens with soft rounded edges and corners. Ideal for schools and nurseries.

• Sturdy construction with a pair of stable saddle feet

• Pinnable panels are ideal for displaying children’s artwork or posters

• Castor feet are available in place of the stabiliser feet to create a mobile screen

• Certified to BSEN 1023:2000 parts 2 and 3

H x W mm

900 x 1000 413 815

1200 x 1000 413 816

1200 x 1200 413 817

1450 x 1200 413 818

1600 x 1200 413 819

1800 x 1600 413 820 Pair of castor feet 413 804

Loop Nylon Colour Options

Woven Cloth Colour Options

Black Meadow Glass Merrick Dk blue Tummel

Red Dolphin

Display Systems

BusyScreen® Floorstanding Partitions

Use a combination of flat and curved screens to divide your space. Our 32mm thick panels provide excellent acoustic shadow.

• Flat panels supplied with a pair of stabiliser feet, can be upgraded to castors

• Loop Nylon panels are hook fasteners friendly

• Woven Cloth conforms to surface spread of flame test BS476 part 7 class 1, BS EN 1021-1 and is also light fast to meet or exceed ISO 105

• A flexible linking strip is included for 2, 3 and 4 way linking

• Panels accept pins

• Available in standard flat or curved screens

• Colour options can be found on BusyScreen® Curved Rounded Divider Screens

• Certified to BSEN 1023:2000 parts 2 and 3

BusyScreen® Curve Desk Screens

Matching the BusyScreen® Curve divider screens, these desk screens are available in all popular desk widths. Desk clamps supplied as standard (Suitable for desks 1230 mm thick).

H x W mm

400 x 1800 413 821

400 x 1600 413 822

400 x 1200 413 823

400 x 800 413 824

Brackets - Optional extra Fits desks over 30mm thick 413 813

Desktop Screens

Available in both wave and straight topped versions. Straight desk screens measure 400mm high. Wave desk screens measure 400 to 600mm high. Screens are 32mm thick. Available in a woven and loop nylon. Desk clamps supplied as standard (Suitable for desks 12- 30 mm thick).

Rectangular Desk Screens H x W mm

400 x 1800 413 805

400 x 1600 413 806

400 x 1200 413 807

400 x 800 413 808

Wave Desk Screens H x W mm

400-600 x 1800 413 809

400-600 x 1600 413 810

400-600 x 1200 413 814 400-600 x 800 413 811

Brackets - Optional extra Fit desks over 30mm thick 413 813

Magenta Loop Nylon with a Grey Trim

Woven Cloth with a Black Trim

Premium Glazed Display Cases

Tower Showcase

A tall narrow showcase with 4 glass shelves, side hinged lockable doors and 4 castors, of which 2 are lockable.

Dimensions: 1932 (H) x 500 (W) x 500mm (D)

Weight: 80kg

No lighting 414 038 With down lights 414 039

Tower Showcase with cupboard

A tall narrow showcase with 3 glass shelves, a small cupboard, side hinged lockable doors and 4 castors, of which 2 are lockable.

Dimensions: 1932 (H) x 500 (W) x 500 mm(D)

Weight: 70kg No lighting 414 040 With down lights 414 041

Wide Tower Showcase

A wide showcase with 4 glass shelves, lockable sliding doors and 5 castors, of which 3 are lockable.

Dimensions: 1932 (H) x 1000(W) x 450mm (D)

Weight: 125kg

No lighting 414 042 With down lights 414 043

Wide Tower Showcase with cupboard

A wide showcase with 3 glass shelves, a lockable cupboard, lockable sliding doors and 5 castors, of which 3 are lockable.

Dimensions: 1932 (H) x 1000 (W) x 450mm (D)

Weight: 110kg/ 115kg

lighting 414 044 With down lights 414 045

Expanda-Stand™ Leaflet Dispensers

Expanda-Stand™

Leaflet Display Range

This economical range of leaflet or brochure display is available with A4, A5 or 1/3 A4 pockets. Pockets have a generous 26mm capacity and more than half of your literature is on view. Supplied in easy assembly kits, the acrylic pockets simply slot together and hang from a wall rail (fixings supplied).

Clear Range

6 x A4 2x3 columns 413 955

8 x A42x4 columns 414 059

9 x A4 3x3 columns 413 956

12 x A4 4x3 columns 413 957

16 x A44x4 columns 414 060

4 x A4 and 4 x 1/3 A4 2xA4 & 4x1/3 columns 414 061

8 x A52x4 columns 414 062

12 x A5 3x4 columns 413 958

12 x 1/3A4 3x4 columns 413 959

16 x 1/3 A44x4 columns 414 063

24 x 1/3A4 6x4 columns 413 960

32 x 1/3A4 8x4 columns 414 064

Coloured Range

6 x A4 2x3 columns 414 088

8 x A42x4 columns 414 089

9 x A4 3x3 columns 414 090

12 x A4 4x3 columns 414 091

16 x A44x4 columns 414 092

4 x A4 and 4 x 1/3 A4 2xA4 & 4x1/3 columns 414 093

8 x A52x4 columns 414 086

12 x A5 3x4 columns 414 087

12 x 1/3A4 3x4 columns 414 082

16 x 1/3 A44x4 columns 414 083

24 x 1/3A4 6x4 columns 414 084

32 x 1/3A4 8x4 columns 414 085

Expanda-Stand™ Foyer Stand

£141.67

£73.16

This attractive foyer stand has a range of configurations with clear pockets available in A4, A5 and 1/3 A4. The pockets have a generous 26mm capacity with more than half your literature on view. The product is supplied flatpacked for easy assembly.

Clear Range

A 12 x A4 414 065

B 21 x A5 414 066

C 28 x 1/3 A4 414 067

Coloured Range

A 12 x A4 414 094

B 21 x A5 414 095

C 28 x 1/3 A4 414 096

Expanda-stand™ Colour Options

Expanda-Stand™ Carousel

A competitively priced freestanding literature stand with clear plastic pockets which can be rotated 360 degrees. The pockets supplied are available in A4, A5 or 1/3 A4. The product is supplied flatpacked for easy assembly.

Clear Range

A 18 x A4 414 068

B 18 x A5 414 069

C 36 x 1/3 A4 414 070

Optional Header 414 071

Coloured Range

Blue Red Lt Blue Grey White

Expanda-Stand™ Solo

These attractive coloured leaflet dispensers are supplied in 3 popular leaflet sizes: 1/3 A4, A5 and A4.

They are available in 6 colours: White, Light Blue, Grey, Red, Blue and Green.

The individual pockets clip together and simply hang on the wall bracket provided. Pocket capacity is 26mm.

All fixings and instructions are provided. A5 and 1/3A4 version can be mounted next to each other.

A4 3 Pockets 414 076

A4 6 Pockets 414 077

A5 4 Pockets 414 078

A5 8 Pockets 414 079

1/3 A4 4 Pockets 414 080

1/3 A4 8 Pockets 414 081

Expanda-Stand™ Colour Options

Example of Expanda-Stand™ Pockets Colours

Leaflet Dispensers

Wave Leaflet Dispensers

A stylish and contemporary leaflet dispenser with 4 shelves to accommodate up to 35mm of brochures.

• Stable floor units, supplied with optional castors for mobility.

• Simple self assembly

• Takes 4 or 8 sets of A4 literature.

4xA4 (H x W x D) 1430 x 350 x 310mm

8xA4 (H x W x D) 1430 x 500 x 310mm

GREY 413 857 413 860

WHITE 413 858 413 861

BLACK 413 859 413 862

Blue Red Lt Blue Grey White

Curved Lectern

• Attractive design

• Small shelf for storage

• Supplied assembled Dimensions: 1256 (H) x 600 (W) x 406mm (D)

Black 414 046

Maple 414 047

Lecterns

Pedestal Lectern

• Attractive design

• Small shelf for storage

• Supplied assembled

Dimensions: 1236 (H) x 600 (W) x 400mm (D)

Black 414 048

Maple 414 049 Oak 414 139

Folding Lectern

• Folds away for easy storage

• Platform has two different angles to suit laptop, tablet or paper notes.

Dimensions: 1280 (H) x 620 (W) x 480mm (D)

Desktop Dimensions: 550 (H) x 620 (W) x 480mm (D)

Black 414 054

Maple 414 055

Maple Desktop Lectern 414 056

Presenters Lectern

• Small shelf for storage

• Supplied Assembled

• A3 poster frame option

Dimensions: 1231 (H) x 600 (W) x 400mm (D)

Black 414 050

Maple 414 051

Black with black poster frame 414 052

Maple with silver poster frame 414 053

Secure Lectern

• Lockable cupboard for security

• Cupboard has an adjustable shelf

• A fixed shelf for easy access

• Supplied assembled Dimensions: 1236 (H) x 620 (W) x 543mm (D)

Black 414 057

Maple 414 058 Oak 414 140

Panel Front Lectern

• Mobile lectern which has 2 lockable castors for safety.

• Avaliable in 9 colours: Beech, Maple, White, Black, Blue, Grey, Lime, Orange and Red

• Requires simple self-assembly

Dimensions: 1236 (H) x 620 (W) x 543mm (D)

Please add in colour 412 446

WriteOn® Junior Desktop Easels

Portable junior easel designed for desktop use. Available with a multicoloured frame or aluminium.

• Dry wipe surface

• Accepts magnets

• Supplied with clamps for paper or pads

H x W (mm) 500 x 600

Multi frame 413 535 Aluminium Frame 413 536

£61.95

Junior Whiteboards & Easels

WriteOn® Big Book Desk Easels

Tabletop easel with big book rest. The perfect angle for displaying big books in class.

• Dry wipe surface

• Accepts magnets

• Hinged rear support ensures the board cannot tilt over

H x W (mm)

600 x 800 413 537

WriteOn® Junior Mobile Whiteboards

Tilting double-sided dry-wipe board, lockable in any position. White frame version has 2 plain sides. Red stand version has a multi- coloured framed whiteboard that has a grid on one side and plain reverse.

• Full length pen tray

• 4 lockable castors

Board Size: H 600mm W 900mm Overall Height 1300mm

413 538

413 539

WriteOn® Junior Big Book

Mobile Easel

Fixed height drywipe whiteboard also accepts magnets.

• Steel storage tray below

• Castors on 2 legs aids mobility

• Full width big book platform

• Easy self assembly

Board Size:

Two designs in one board. 20mm spaced lines, with 20mm grid on reverse.

Assorted Designs

One Bulk Box with 3 board designs; 30 each of Lined and Gridded boards, plus 40 plain boards. Plain on both sides. Perfect for group activities or simply more space.

Why not up to double A3?

Key concept mastery

Our subject specific whiteboards help your pupils master important concepts

Show-me boards are protected against germs.

Lined/Gridded Boards

414 10535 Sets£xx.xx

Each pack contains - whiteboards, pens, erasers and 2 free bo les of cleaner:

2 Year Guarantee

Stay Clean Technology PVC Free Antimicrobial Surface

414 106100 Sets£xx.xx

Safer for you and the environment.

Available in a wide range of pack sizes.

For details visit pages:

We’ve got your back. Show-me boards are covered for two years, Ensuring long-lasting quality.

Anti Glare

Making it easier to see from every angle.

Recycling Scheme

Ensuring your boards stay clean for longer.

Show-me offers a free send back recycling scheme.

Our whiteboard cleaners are a classroom hero. They effortlessly restore a new look and feel to any whiteboard.

Keepingyour whiteboards super clean

A4 Economy Whiteboards

Made in the UK Saving money doesn’t have to mean you can’t look after our planet. Fully recyclable and made in the UK unlike most economy alternatives.

Whiteboard

rock as a Solid

Ideal for all years of school, including early years.

Our magnetic framed whiteboards are designed to brave the elements of schools.

School Friendly Drywipe Surface Magnetic Versatile Robust Construction

Glossy surface wipes clean time a er time.

Double-sided whiteboard can be used with magnets.

20mm gridlines on one side, plain on the reverse.

Designed to stay strong no ma er how they are used.

Uppercase Le ers

Lowercase Le ers Numbers and Symbols

11 each of A-Z in four colours 11 each of a-z in four colours22 each of 0-9 and 11 each of six maths symbols in four colours

Rigid & Flexible Whiteboards

065Double Sided

(30pk)

469Double Sided Plain (5pk)

190Gridded / Plain (5pk) A4 GRID 100 SQUARES - PLAIN ON REVERSE

A5 DOUBLE SIDED PLAIN

(10pk) A4 DOUBLE SIDED PLAIN

A4 3 LINES - PLAIN ON REVERSE

011Alphabet / Plain (5pk) A4 ALPHABET WITH GUIDELINES PLAIN ON REVERSE

075Letter Formation / Plain (5pk) A4 LETTER FORMATION - PLAIN ON REVERSE

010Cursive

031Numbers / Plain (5pk) A4 NUMBERS 0-9 - PLAIN ON REVERSE

0746 Lines / Plain (5pk) A4 6 LINES - PLAIN ON REVERSE

382Lines 4 Squares / Plain (5pk) A4 LINES 4 SQUARES - PLAIN ON REVERSE

444Alphabet / Plain (30pk) A4 ALPHABET LETTER TRACINGPLAIN ON REVERSE

Plain Rigid Whiteboards

• Rigid MDF construction, can be used away from the desk

• 3mm thickness

• Plain on both sides

• A5

• Pack of 10 585 462 £14.61 pack

• A4 Pack of 5585 469 £9.31 pack

of 30

065 £42.06 pack

Plain Flexible Whiteboards Pack

• Set for 10 students

• 10 x A4 plain dry wipe boards

• 10 x dry wipe pens

• 10 x mini erasers

• 1 x 500ml cleaning spray

480 086 £33.53 kit

SEN Tinted Rigid Drywipe Boards

• These slim boards are unframed and only 5mm thick

• The range of colours allow the classroom environment to be fully inclusive to all pupils and ability levels

Plain Flexible A4 Whiteboards

• Flexible and durable plastic whiteboard

• Plain on reverse

• A4 size

• 650 micron

• Pack of 10 916 629 £10.20 pack

• Pack of 30 480 062 £17.64 pack

• Pack of 100 916 632 £66.61 pack

• These boards are designed to help reading throughout the classroom to those pupils who may benefit from a coloured drywipe surface, but also bring a change of colour to a historically plain white surface

• All boards are light, rigid, extremely hard-wearing and double-sided

• Plain both sides

• Pack of 5

Blue / cream

pack

033 £11.99 pack

SEN Tinted Flexible Drywipe Boards

• The coloured background helps the pupils with their reading as the words are easier to read

• Flexible board

• Plain / Plain

• A4

• Pack of 5

O

Lined Flexible Whiteboards

• Designed for individual pupil use

• Tear-resistant, drywipe surface

• Lined one side, plain on reverse

• A4

Pack of 10 916 630 £10.36 pack

Pack of 30 480 063 £17.78 pack

SEN Tinted Rigid Drywipe Boards

• 5mm thick rigid boards

• The range of colours allow the classroom environment to be fully inclusive to all pupils and ability levels

• 3 lines on one side and plain on reverse

• A4

• Pack of 5

Blue 480 038 £10.77 pack

Green 480 039 £10.77 pack

Pink 480 040 £10.77 pack

Yellow 480 041 £10.77 pack

Lined Whiteboards

• Write-on / wipe-o whiteboard

• Double-sided, reverse is plain

• For use with drywipe pens (pens not included)

• Rigid fibreboard construction

• A4 size

• Pack of 5

• 6 handwriting guidelines 585 074 £9.31 pack

• 3 Lined Rigid Whiteboards Pack of 5916 628 £10.29 pack

Pack of 30 480 066 £47.50 pack

SEN Tinted Flexible Drywipe Boards

• The coloured background helps the pupils with their reading as the words are easier to read

• Flexible board

• 3 lines / plain

• A4

• Pack of 5

Blue / blue480 096 £10.87 pack

Yellow / yellow480 097 £10.87 pack

A4 Lapboard

• Multi coloured plastic frame whiteboards

• Ideal for taking learning out of the classroom

• Double-sided: gridded on one side with a plain reverse

• A4

Non-magnetic 480 076 £5.52 each Magnetic 480 077 £7.80 each

Rigid A4 Whiteboards

• Reliable-quality gridded boards

• Manufactured from strong, rigid MDF

• Double-sided: gridded on one side with a plain reverse

• A4 size

• Pack of 30

480 067

£55.42 pack

Flexible Gridded Whiteboards

• Designed for individual pupil use

• Tear-resistant, drywipe surface

• Gridded on one side, plain on reverse

• A4 size

• Pack of 10

480 070

£10.36 pack

• One side gridded, one side plain

• A4 size

• 650 micron

• Pack of 30

480 064

£17.78 pack

Rigid Maths Whiteboard

• Write-on / wipe-o whiteboard

• Double-sided, reverse is plain

• 100 square grid

• For use with drywipe pens

• Rigid fibreboard construction

• A4

Magnetic Whiteboards

• High-quality gridded magnetic drywipe boards

• Ideal for taking learning out of the classroom

• Double-sided: gridded on one side with a plain reverse

• Magnetic with a steel writing surface that will not leave ghosting

• Accessories not included

• A4

• Pack of 10

916 021

• A3

• Pack of 5

916 022

£60.30 pack

£40.23 pack

Number Formation Whiteboards

• Write-on / wipe-off whiteboard

• Double-sided, reverse is plain

• Features 0-9 number formation guide indicating starting point and direction

• A4

• Rigid fibreboard construction

• Pack of 5 770 031

£10.29pack

Handwriting Whiteboard

• Write-on / wipe-off whiteboard

• Double-sided, reverse is plain

• Features NLS approved alphabet and four sets of handwriting guidelines

• A4

• Rigid fibreboard construction

• Pack of 5 916 011

Alphabet Tracing Whiteboards

• Lightweight, plastic drywipe whiteboards

• Blank on the reverse for freehand

• Ideal for learning letter formation including starting point and direction in first set

• Space for the pupil’s name, allowing teachers to monitor progress by taking photos to record

• A4

• Pack of 30 916 444

£19.85pack

Letter Formation Whiteboards

• Write-on / wipe-off whiteboard

• Double-sided, reverse is plain

• NLS letter formation guides

• For use with drywipe pens (pens not included)

• Rigid fibreboard construction

• A4

• Pack of 5 585 075

£10.29pack

£10.29pack

Cursive Letter Formation Whiteboard

• Write-on / wipe-off whiteboard

• Double-sided, reverse is plain

• Lowercase a-z letter formation guides indicating entry and exit strokes and direction

• A4

• Rigid fibreboard construction

• Pack of 5 916 010

Rigid Literacy Whiteboards

• Write-on / wipe-off whiteboard

• Double-sided, reverse is plain

• Features phoneme frame and writing guidelines in accordance with NLS recommendations

• A4

• Rigid fibreboard construction

• Pack of 5 916 382

£12.85pack

Legamaster Magic Chart

• 100% recyclable

• Electrostatic sheet (sticks to almost any surface (wood, concrete, glass, wallpaper)

• No adhesive required, repositionable

• Can be written on with drywipe and permanent markers; when using drywipe, you can wipe and re-use each sheet up to 10 times!

• Sheet size 600 x 800mm

• 25 perforated sheets

• Whiteboard sheet

480 073

• Gridded sheet

480 074

pack

pack

We have dedicated Account Managers visiting schools regularly to provide the best value for money on educational products and services.

We provide:

• Advice and support

• Savings reviews

• Product samples and recommendations

• No obligation price comparisons

• Product sourcing by our dedicated Buying Team

• No quibble returns

• No minimum order value for Free Delivery